BUILDING CODE SUMMARY GENERAL NOTES DESIGN BUILD ELECTRICAL DESIGN BUILD MECHANICAL & PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES GENERAL NOTES G101

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "BUILDING CODE SUMMARY GENERAL NOTES DESIGN BUILD ELECTRICAL DESIGN BUILD MECHANICAL & PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES GENERAL NOTES G101"

Transcription

1 D D BUILDING CODE SUMMARY GENERAL NOTES PROJECT DESCRIPTION: THIS PROJECT IS THE MINOR RENOVATION OF AN EXISTING OUTPATIENT CLINIC. SCOPE CONSISTS OF PAINT, CARPET, TILE, AND UPGRADE TO DIGITAL X-RAY BUILDING DEPARTMENT: PERMITS, APPROVALS AND INSPECTIONS BALTIMORE COUNTY, MD WEST CHESAPEAKE AVE, STE 0 TOWSON, MD 04 (40) 887- APPLICABLE CODES: BUILDING CODE: PLUMBING CODE: MECHANICAL CODE: ELECTRICAL CODE: FIRE/ LIFE SAFETY CODE: ACCESSIBILITY CODE: STRUCTURAL CODE: ENERGY CODE: OTHER CODES: CODE STATISTICS: USE & OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION: TENANT AREA: GROSS FLOOR AREA: NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS: BUSINESS AREA: (Gross area / 00) TOTAL: MEANS OF EGRESS: 009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE W/ BALTIMORE COUNTY BUILDING CODE AND CITY AMENDMENTS 009 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE W/ BALTIMORE COUNTY BUILDING CODE AND CITY AMENDMENTS 009 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE W/ BALTIMORE COUNTY BUILDING CODE AND CITY AMENDMENTS 008 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE W/BALTIMOFRE COUNTY BUILDING CODE AND CITY AMENDMENTS 009 NFPA 0 LIFE SAFETY CODE 0 MARYLAND ACCESSIBILITY CODE 009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE W/ BALTIMORE COUNTY BUILDING CODE AND CITY AMENDMENTS 009 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE W/BALTIMORE COUNTY CODE AND CITY AMENDMENTS STATE OF MARYLAND BUILDING CODE 009 NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE 664 S.F. B - BUSINESS TYPE -IIB 664 S.F. / 00 = OCCUPANTS 7 OCCUPANTS X. (SPRINKLER OR NOT) =. WIDTH NEEDED WIDTH PROVIDED: 6" NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED: NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED: 4 PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIRED: WATER CLOSETS: 6 LAVATORIES: URINALS: DRINKING FOUNTAINS: PLUMBING FIXTURES PROVIDED: WATER CLOSETS: 6 LAVATORIES: URINALS: 4 0 HI-LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN 4. ALL GENERAL NOTES APPLY, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS.. ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY. WHAT IS CALLED FOR BY ONE WILL BE BINDING AS IF CALLED FOR BY ALL. WORK SHOWN OR REFERRED TO ON ANY SHEET SHALL BE PROVIDED AS THOUGH SHOWN ON ALL RELATED SHEETS.. DETAILS FOR ALL CONDITIONS ARE NOT INCLUDED. INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED INDICATE INTENT FOR CONDITIONS RESEMBLING THOSE SHOWN. PRIOR TO FINAL DING VERIFY ALL FIELD CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY NON COMPLIANCE WITH WORK CALLED FOR, OR ANY INSTANCES WHICH DO NOT RESEMBLE THOSE SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO FINAL DING. WORK UNDERTAKEN PRIOR TO NOTIFICATION WILL BE AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE AND RESPONSIBILITY. 4. COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS, CRAFTSMEN AND TRADESMEN REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT. SUBCONTRACTORS ARE TO RECEIVE COMPLETE SETS OF DRAWINGS OR GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR COORDINATION OF WORK WHEN COMPLETE SETS ARE NOT MADE AVAILABLE.. INSURANCE FOR THE PROJECT IS TO BE DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. 6. ALTERNATE ITEMS ARE TO BE PRICED INDIVIDUALLY BY NUMBERS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 7. CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL WORK WILL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING FOR REVIEW BY THE OWNER AND SHALL INCLUDE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK, MATERIALS, ROOM NUMBER OF THE AREA, AND THE AUTHORIZATION UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. 8. FOR ALL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY OTHERS, VERIFY SIZE, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS PRIOR TO START OF RELATED WORK. 9. ALL WORK NOTED "BY OWNER", "BY TENANT", OR "NOT IN CONTRACT" IS TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY ANOTHER CONTRACTOR AND IS NOT A PART OF THIS AGREEMENT. COORDINATE WITH OTHER CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED. 0. ARCHITECT IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DISCREPANCIES IN BUDGET COSTS.. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED DETAILS FOR INSTALLATION OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SYSTEMS ARE INCLUDED HEREIN BY REFERENCE ONLY. PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, OBTAIN FROM MANUFACTURER ALL PERTINENT DETAILS AND INSTRUCTIONS (STANDARD OR CUSTOM) REQUIRED FOR THE BEST QUALITY INSTALLATION OF THEIR SYSTEMS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.. UPGRADE OR PROVIDE NEW FIRE SAFETY AND FIRE ALARM/STROBE SYSTEM WHICH MEETS ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS.. WHERE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM EXISTS, PROVIDE DESIGN AND ENGINEERING OF NEW CONFIGURATION. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO MATCH EXISTING. 4. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL RECESS DEPTHS OF FIXTURES AGAINST HVAC DUCTS, PIPES, BAR JOIST, ETC AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICT.. NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO LIGHTING LOCATIONS AND FIRE SAFETY SYSTEMS SHOWN WITHOUT NOTIFYING THE ARCHITECT IN ADVANCE. 6. PROVIDE EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORITIES. INDICATE LOCATIONS ON DESIGN/BUILD ENGINEER DRAWINGS. LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF THE LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL. 7. ALL EMERGENCY FIXTURES SHALL HAVE BATTERY BACK UP OR BE CONNECTED TO THE BUILDING EMERGENCY GENERATOR. DOCUMENTATION IS REQUIRED IN FINAL CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS. PHASING PLAN G0 /8" = '-0" GC TO COORDINATE PHASING WITH CONCENTRA 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 DRINKING FOUNTAINS: HI-LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN DESIGN BUILD ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN AND ENGINEERING OF A CODE APPROVED ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BASED ON THE ENCLOSED INFORMATION AND THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DRAWINGS, TABLES, AND CALCULATIONS TO OBTAIN A PERMIT FROM THE PROPER JURISDICTION. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE PLANS TO ARCHITECT AND CONCENTRA.. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING PANEL CONFIGURATION AND CAPACITY AND ALERT ARCHITECT IF THE CAPACITY IS INADEQUATE FOR THE PROPOSED DESIGN. ALL NEW AND EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS SHALL BE PROPERLY NUMBERED AND LABELED PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.. SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE ON THE POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN AND THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE ELEVATIONS, PLANS AND DETAILS FOR TYPE, QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND OTHER RECEPTACLES. DO NOT RELOCATE OUTLETS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR BETWEEN PLANS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS, CONTACT ARCHITECT/CONCENTRA FOR CLARIFICATIONS. 4. COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK WITH OTHER VENDORS SUCH AS MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, DATA WIRING, LIFE SAFETY SUB CONTRACTORS, APPLIANCES AND MILLWORKER. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY.. WHERE TELEPHONE OR DATA OUTLETS ARE SHOWN ON THE PLANS, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A PLASTER RING, / CONDUIT, AND () PULLSTRINGS. CONDUIT SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 6" ABOVE TOP OF PARTITION. DATA/TELEPHONE WIRING IS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 6. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH ROOFS, DEMISING WALLS, ETC. REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS SHALL BE APPROVED BY BUILDING MANAGEMENT. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PROPERLY SEALED TO RETAIN FIRE RATING AND SHALL BE 00% WATER TIGHT. 7. VERIFY MANUFACTURER'S FOR EQUIPMENT THAT OCCURS ON SEPARATE CIRCUITS. PROVIDE WIRING AND RECEPTACLES AS REQUIRED. DESIGN BUILD MECHANICAL & PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN AND ENGINEERING OF A CODE APPROVED MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SOLUTION. PREPARE A SET OF DRAWINGS BASED ON THE ENCLOSED INFORMATION AND THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DRAWINGS, TABLES, AND CALCULATIONS TO OBTAIN A PERMIT FROM THE PROPER JURISDICTION. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE PLANS TO ARCHITECT AND CONCENTRA.. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND FIELD VERIFY EXISTING MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR COORDINATION WITH NEW PLAN.. HVAC, SPRINKLER, LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS, SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL. DRAWINGS WILL BE REVIEWED ONLY FOR GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 4. MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING ENGINEERED DRAWINGS WILL BE REVIEWED ONLY FOR GENERAL COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.. HVAC TESTING AND BALANCE REPORT: AIR BALANCING PROCEDURES SHALL ORIGINATE FROM THE SUPPLY TO THE PROJECT SPACE AND EXTEND TO ALL DEVICES WITHIN THE PROJECT SPACE. THE HVAC TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A DETAILED LIST OF NON- OPERATING PARTS/ SYSTEMS FOR SUBMITTAL TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR REVIEW AND ACTION. 6. THE DESIGN AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE FOR SUMMER IS 7 DEGREES F. REVIEW EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT AND REPORT ANY DEFICIENCIES IN ACHIEVING THE DESIGN TEMPERATURE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO MEET DESIGN TEMPERATURE. TEST AND BALACE HVAC SYSTEM AFTER INSTALLATION AND PROVIDE AN AIR BALANCE REPORT PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 7. SUBMIT A FLOOR PLAN WITH PROPOSED ZONES AND THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS FOR APPROVAL, SPECIAL ATTENTION SHALL BE PAID TO ROOMS WITH HIGH OCCUPANCY (WELCOME LOUNGE, CHECK IN/OUT (BUSINESS OFFICE), CONFERENCE AND PHYSICAL THERAPY AREAS). EXIT DISCHARGE 4 CLEAR WIDTH BUSINESS 664 SF EXIT DISCHARGE CLEAR WIDTH DIAGONAL DISTANCE OF BUILDING: 7' - " 0/6/ ITEM SPECIALTY SECURITY SYSTEM WIRING AND EQUIPMENT TELEPHONE SYSTEM MILLWORK (INCLUDING CUSHIONS) AUDIO SYSTEMS VIDEO SYSTEMS GRAPHICS X-RAY PHONE/DATA/POWER LINES PRIVACY CURTAINS SHELVING SYSTEM VINYL PLANK FLOORING AND ADHESIVE FLOOR FINISH SOLAR SHADES FURNISH OWNER INSTALL LANDLORD FURNISH INSTALL GENERAL CONTRACTOR FURNISH INSTALL EQUIP. VENDOR FURNISH INSTALL EXISTING NOT APPLICABLE REMARKS G.C. TO PROVIDE CONDUIT/ PULLSTRING ONLY G.C. TO PROVIDE CONDUIT/ PULLSTRING ONLY - FROM DEMARC TO TELEPHONE BOARD, IF NOT EXISTING G.C. TO PROVIDE CONDUIT VENDOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL G.C./VENDOR TO COORDINATE CONTACT JOULE CREATIVE - SEE -- FOR NOTES G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL CONTACT SPECTRA. G.C. TO PROVIDE TAKEOFF TO VERIFY QUANTITY CONTACT SPECTRA. G.C. TO PROVIDE TAKEOFF TO VERIFY QUANTITY SEE EQUIPMENT SHEET A0 FOR LOCATIONS AND A0 FOR MORE INFO OCCUPANCY/ EGRESS PLAN G0 /8" = '-0" STRAIGHT LINE DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS: 09' - " (HALF = 4' - 8") EXIT DISCHARGE CLEAR WIDTH EXIT DISCHARGE CLEAR WIDTH 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD CODE INFO G0

2 SECTION GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION The General Conditions of the Contrat for Constrution, AIA Doument A-0, shall be the form of General Conditions of the Contrat for Constrution issued by Owner as referened in the Contrat Douments. END OF SECTION SECTION SUMMARY. PROJECT WEB SITE A. Projet Web Site: A Projet Web site administered by the Arhitet will be used for purposes of managing ommuniation and douments during the onstrution stage.. TYPE OF CONTRACT A. Projet will be onstruted under a single prime ontrat.. WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. General: Cooperate fully with separate ontrators so work on those ontrats may be arried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contrat. Coordinate the Work of this Contrat with work performed under separate ontrats. B. Conurrent Work: Owner will award separate ontrat(s) for onstrution operations at Projet site. Those operations will be onduted simultaneously with work under this Contrat..4 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish produts indiated. The Work inludes providing support systems to reeive Owner's equipment and making plumbing, mehanial, and eletrial onnetions.. Owner will arrange for and deliver Shop Drawings, Produt Data, and Samples to Contrator.. Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner-furnished items aording to Contrator's Constrution Shedule.. After delivery, Owner will inspet delivered items for damage. Contrator shall be present for and assist in Owner's inspetion. 4. If Owner-furnished items are damaged, defetive, or missing, Owner will arrange for replaement.. Owner will arrange for manufaturer's field servies and for delivery of manufaturer's warranties to Contrator. 6. Owner will furnish Contrator the earliest possible delivery date for Owner-furnished produts. Using Owner-furnished earliest possible delivery dates, Contrator shall designate delivery dates of Owner-furnished items in Contrator's Constrution Shedule. 7. Contrator shall review Shop Drawings, Produt Data, and Samples and return them to Arhitet noting disrepanies or antiipated problems in use of produt. 8. Contrator is responsible for reeiving, unloading, and handling Owner-furnished items at Projet site. 9. Contrator is responsible for proteting Owner-furnished items from damage during storage and handling, inluding damage from exposure to the elements. 0. If Owner-furnished items are damaged as a result of Contrator's operations, Contrator shall repair or replae them.. Contrator shall install and otherwise inorporate Owner-furnished items into the Work. B. Owner-Furnished Produts: As designated on Drawings.. USE OF PREMISES A. General: Contrator shall have limited use of premises for onstrution operations as indiated on Drawings by the Contrat limits..6 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. Owner Oupany of Completed Areas of Constrution: Owner reserves the right to oupy and to plae and install equipment in ompleted areas of building, before Substantial Completion, provided suh oupany does not interfere with ompletion of the Work. Suh plaement of equipment and partial oupany shall not onstitute aeptane of the total Work.. Arhitet will prepare a Certifiate of Substantial Completion for eah speifi portion of the Work to be oupied before Owner oupany.. Obtain a Certifiate of Oupany from authorities having jurisdition before Owner oupany.. Before partial Owner oupany, mehanial and eletrial systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspetions shall be suessfully ompleted. On oupany, Owner will operate and maintain mehanial and eletrial systems serving oupied portions of building. 4. On oupany, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenane and ustodial servie for oupied portions of building..7 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed inside the existing building during normal business working hours, Monday through Friday, exept otherwise indiated. B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving failities oupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following onditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility servies aording to requirements indiated:. Notify Arhitet and Owner not less than two days in advane of proposed utility interruptions.. Do not proeed with utility interruptions without Arhitet's and Owner's written permission. PART - PRODUCTS (Not Used) (Not Used) END OF SECTION SECTION CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES. MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Arhitet will issue supplemental instrutions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contrat Sum or the Contrat Time, on AIA Doument G70, "Arhitet's Supplemental Instrutions.". PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Arhitet will issue a detailed desription of proposed hanges in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contrat Sum or the Contrat Time. If neessary, the desription will inlude supplemental or revised Drawings and Speifiations.. Proposal Requests issued by Arhitet are for information only. Do not onsider them instrutions either to stop work in progress or to exeute the proposed hange.. Within time speified in Proposal Request after reeipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating ost adjustments to the Contrat Sum and the Contrat Time neessary to exeute the hange. a. Inlude a list of quantities of produts required or eliminated and unit osts, with total amount of purhases and redits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indiate appliable taxes, delivery harges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade disounts.. Inlude osts of labor and supervision diretly attributable to the hange. d. Inlude an updated Contrator's Constrution Shedule that indiates the effet of the hange, inluding, but not limited to, hanges in ativity duration, start and finish times, and ativity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contrat Time. B. Contrator-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen onditions require modifiations to the Contrat, Contrator may propose hanges by submitting a request for a hange to Arhitet.. Inlude a statement outlining reasons for the hange and the effet of the hange on the Work. Provide a omplete desription of the proposed hange. Indiate the effet of the proposed hange on the Contrat Sum and the Contrat Time.. Inlude a list of quantities of produts required or eliminated and unit osts, with total amount of purhases and redits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.. Indiate appliable taxes, delivery harges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade disounts. 4. Inlude osts of labor and supervision diretly attributable to the hange.. Inlude an updated Contrator's Constrution Shedule that indiates the effet of the hange, inluding, but not limited to, hanges in ativity duration, start and finish times, and ativity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contrat Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Division 0 Setion "Produt Requirements" if the proposed hange requires substitution of one produt or system for produt or system speified. C. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Doument G709 for Proposal Requests post to projet website.. CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Arhitet will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contrator on AIA Doument G70..4 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Constrution Change Diretive: Arhitet may issue a Constrution Change Diretive on AIA Doument G74. Constrution Change Diretive instruts Contrator to proeed with a hange in the Work, for subsequent inlusion in a Change Order.. Constrution Change Diretive ontains a omplete desription of hange in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine hange in the Contrat Sum or the Contrat Time. B. Doumentation: Maintain detailed reords on a time and material basis of work required by the Constrution Change Diretive.. After ompletion of hange, submit an itemized aount and supporting data neessary to substantiate ost and time adjustments to the Contrat. PART - PRODUCTS (Not Used) (Not Used) END OF SECTION SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES. SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Shedule of Values with preparation of Contrator's Constrution Shedule.. Correlate line items in the Shedule of Values with other required administrative forms and shedules, inluding the following: a. Appliation for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittals Shedule.. Contrator's Constrution Shedule.. Post the Shedule of Values to Arhitet at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date sheduled for submittal of initial Appliations for Payment. B. Subshedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide subshedules showing values orrelated with eah phase of payment. C. Format and Content: Use the Projet Manual table of ontents as a guide to establish line items for the Shedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for eah Speifiation Setion.. Identifiation: Inlude the following Projet identifiation on the Shedule of Values: a. Projet name and loation. b. Name of Arhitet.. Arhitet's projet number. d. Contrator's name and address. e. Date of submittal.. Post draft of AIA Doument G70 Continuation Sheets.. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Eah Appliation for Payment shall be onsistent with previous appliations and payments as ertified by Arhitet and paid for by Owner.. Initial Appliation for Payment, Appliation for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Appliation for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Appliation Times: The date for eah progress payment is indiated in the Agreement between Owner and Contrator. The period of onstrution Work overed by eah Appliation for Payment is the period indiated in the Agreement. C. Payment Appliation Forms: Use AIA Doument G70 and AIA Doument G70 Continuation Sheets as form for Appliations for Payment. Post to website. D. Appliation Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and exeute by a person authorized to sign legal douments on behalf of Contrator. Arhitet will return inomplete appliations without ation.. Entries shall math data on the Shedule of Values and Contrator's Constrution Shedule. Use updated shedules if revisions were made.. Inlude amounts of Change Orders and Constrution Change Diretives issued before last day of onstrution period overed by appliation. E. Transmittal: Post signed and notarized original opies of eah Appliation for Payment to Arhitet by a method ensuring reeipt within 4 hours. One opy shall inlude waivers of lien and similar attahments if required. F. Waivers of Mehani's Lien: With eah Appliation for Payment, submit waivers of mehani's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mehani's lien arising out of the Contrat and related to the Work overed by the payment.. Submit partial waivers on eah item for amount requested in previous appliation, after dedution for retainage, on eah item.. When an appliation shows ompletion of an item, submit final or full waivers.. Owner reserves the right to designate whih entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, exeuted in a manner aeptable to Owner. G. Initial Appliation for Payment: Administrative ations and submittals that must preede or oinide with posted first Appliation for Payment inlude the following:. List of subontrators.. Shedule of Values.. Contrator's Constrution Shedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Produts list.. Shedule of unit pries. 6. Submittals Shedule (preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contrator's staff assignments. 8. List of Contrator's prinipal onsultants. 9. Copies of building permits. 0. Copies of authorizations and lienses from authorities having jurisdition for performane of the Work.. Initial progress report.. Report of preonstrution onferene.. Certifiates of insurane and insurane poliies. 4. Performane and payment bonds.. Data needed to aquire Owner's insurane. 6. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required. H. Appliation for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certifiate of Substantial Completion, post Appliation for Payment showing 00 perent ompletion for portion of the Work laimed as substantially omplete.. Inlude doumentation supporting laim that the Work is substantially omplete and a statement showing an aounting of hanges to the Contrat Sum.. This appliation shall reflet Certifiates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner oupany of designated portions of the Work. I. Final Payment Appliation: Post final Appliation for Payment with releases and supporting doumentation not previously submitted and aepted, inluding, but not limited, to the following:. Evidene of ompletion of Projet loseout requirements.. Insurane ertifiates for produts and ompleted operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.. Updated final statement, aounting for final hanges to the Contrat Sum. 4. AIA Doument G706, "Contrator's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims.". AIA Doument G706A, "Contrator's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Doument G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidene that laims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured reord of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for orresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement. PART - PRODUCTS (Not Used) (Not Used) END OF SECTION SECTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION. SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited spae availability neessitates maximum utilization of spae for effiient installation of different omponents or if oordination is required for installation of produts and materials fabriated by separate entities.. Content: Projet-speifi information, drawn aurately to sale. Do not base Coordination Drawings on reprodutions of the Contrat Douments or standard printed data. Inlude the following information, as appliable: a. Indiate funtional and spatial relationships of omponents of arhitetural, strutural, ivil, mehanial, and eletrial systems. b. Indiate required installation sequenes.. Indiate dimensions shown on the Contrat Drawings and make speifi note of dimensions that appear to be in onflit with submitted equipment and minimum learane requirements. Provide alternate skethes to Arhitet for resolution of suh onflits. Minor dimension hanges and diffiult installations will not be onsidered hanges to the Contrat.. Sheet Size: At least 8-/ by inhes but no larger than 0 by 40 inhes.. Post submittals to website. B. Key Personnel Names: Within days of starting onstrution operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, inluding superintendent and other personnel in attendane at Projet site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, inluding home and offie telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absene of individuals assigned to Projet.. Post opies of list in Projet meeting room, in temporary field offie, and by eah temporary telephone. Keep list urrent at all times.. PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Shedule and ondut meetings and onferenes at Projet site, unless otherwise indiated.. Attendees: Inform partiipants and others involved, and individuals whose presene is required, of date and time of eah meeting. Notify Owner and Arhitet of sheduled meeting dates and times.. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.. Minutes: Reord signifiant disussions and agreements ahieved. Post the meeting minutes to everyone onerned, inluding Owner and Arhitet, within three days of the meeting. B. Preonstrution Conferene: Shedule a preonstrution onferene before starting onstrution, at a time onvenient to Owner and Arhitet, but no later than days after exeution of the Agreement. Hold the onferene at Projet site or another onvenient loation. Condut the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.. Minutes: Reord and post meeting minutes to projet website. C. Preinstallation Conferenes: Condut a preinstallation onferene at Projet site before eah onstrution ativity that requires oordination with other onstrution.. Minutes: Reord and post meeting minutes to projet website. D. Progress Meetings: Condut progress meetings at regular intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.. Minutes: Reord and post meeting minutes to projet website. E. Coordination Meetings: Condut Projet oordination meetings at regular intervals. Projet oordination meetings are in addition to speifi meetings held for other purposes, suh as progress meetings and preinstallation onferenes.. Minutes: Reord and post meeting minutes to projet website.. PROJECT WEB SITE A. Use Arhitet's Projet Web site for purposes of hosting and managing projet ommuniation and doumentation until Final Completion. B. Arhitet will supply training for Projet Web site users. C. Upon ompletion of Projet, provide one omplete arhive opy of Projet Web site files to Owner and to Contrator in a digital storage format aeptable to team will be provided. D. Contrator, subontrators, and other parties granted aess by the Arhitet to projet Web site shall exeute a data liensing agreement in the form of AIA Doument C06..4 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs) A. Proedure: Immediately on disovery of the need for interpretation of the Contrat Douments, and if not possible to request interpretation at Projet meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form speified.. RFIs shall originate with Contrator. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contrator will be returned with no response.. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contrator's work or work of subontrators. Post RFIs to projet website. B. Content of the RFI: Inlude a detailed, legible desription of item needing interpretation and the following:. Projet name.. Date.. Name of Contrator. 4. Name of Arhitet.. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 6. Speifiation Setion number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 7. Drawing number and detail referenes, as appropriate. 8. Field dimensions and onditions, as appropriate. 9. Contrator's suggested solution(s). If Contrator's solution(s) impat the Contrat Time or the Contrat Sum, Contrator shall state impat in the RFI. 0. Contrator's signature.. Attahments: Inlude drawings, desriptions, measurements, photos, Produt Data, Shop Drawings, and other information neessary to fully desribe items needing interpretation. a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contrator shall inlude dimensions, thiknesses, strutural grid referenes, and details of affeted materials, assemblies, and attahments. C. Software-Generated RFIs: Software-generated form with substantially the same ontent as indiated above.. Attahments shall be eletroni files in Adobe Arobat PDF format. D. Arhitet's Ation: Arhitet will review eah RFI, determine ation required, and return it. Allow seven working days for Arhitet's response for eah RFI. RFIs reeived after :00 p.m. will be onsidered as reeived the following working day.. Arhitet's ation may inlude a request for additional information, in whih ase Arhitet's time for response will start again.. Arhitet's ation on RFIs that may result in a hange to the Contrat Time or the Contrat Sum may be eligible for Contrator to submit Change Proposal aording to Division 0 Setion "Contrat Modifiation Proedures." a. If Contrator believes the RFI response warrants hange in the Contrat Time or the Contrat Sum, notify Arhitet in writing within 0 days of reeipt of the RFI response. E. On reeipt of Arhitet's ation, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affeted parties. Review response and notify Arhitet within seven days if Contrator disagrees with response. F. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Software log with not less than the following:. Projet name.. Name and address of Contrator.. Name and address of Arhitet. 4. RFI number inluding RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.. RFI desription. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Arhitet's response was reeived. 8. Identifiation of related Minor Change in the Work, Constrution Change Diretive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. PART - PRODUCTS (Not Used) (Not Used) END OF SECTION 0 00 SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION. SUBMITTALS A. Qualifiation Data: For sheduling onsultant. B. Submittals Shedule: Post to website shedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format:. Sheduled date for first submittal.. Speifiation Setion number and title.. Submittal ategory (ation or informational). 4. Name of subontrator.. Desription of the Work overed. 6. Sheduled date for Arhitet's final release or approval. C. Preliminary Constrution Shedule: Post to website.. Approval of ost-loaded preliminary onstrution shedule will not onstitute approval of Shedule of Values for ost-loaded ativities. D. Contrator's Constrution Shedule: Post initial shedule, large enough to show entire shedule for entire onstrution period.. Post an eletroni opy of shedule, using software indiated, on CD-R, and labeled to omply with requirements for submittals. Inlude type of shedule (Initial or Updated) and date on label. E. Daily Constrution Reports: Post at monthly intervals. F. Material Loation Reports: Post at monthly intervals. G. Field Condition Reports: Post at time of disovery of differing onditions. H. Speial Reports: Post at time of unusual event. PART - PRODUCTS. SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: Post a shedule of submittals, arranged in hronologial order by dates required by onstrution shedule. Inlude time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufaturing, fabriation, and delivery when establishing dates.. Coordinate Submittals Shedule with list of subontrats, the Shedule of Values, and Contrator's Constrution Shedule.. Initial Submittal: Post onurrently with preliminary bar-hart shedule. Inlude submittals required during the first 60 days of onstrution. List those required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early beause of long lead time for manufature or fabriation. a. At Contrator's option, show submittals on the Preliminary Constrution Shedule, instead of tabulating them separately.. Final Submittal: Post onurrently with the first omplete submittal of Contrator's Constrution Shedule.. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Proedures: Comply with proedures ontained in AGC's "Constrution Planning & Sheduling." B. Time Frame: Extend shedule from date established for the Notie to Proeed to date of Final Completion.. Contrat ompletion date shall not be hanged by submission of a shedule that shows an early ompletion date, unless speifially authorized by Change Order. C. Ativities: Treat eah story or separate area as a separate numbered ativity for eah prinipal element of the Work. Comply with the following:. Ativity Duration: Define ativities so no ativity is longer than 0 days, unless speifially allowed by Arhitet.. Prourement Ativities: Inlude prourement proess ativities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a yle of more than 60 days, as separate ativities in shedule. Prourement yle ativities inlude, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purhasing, fabriation, and delivery.. Submittal Review Time: Inlude review and resubmittal times indiated in Division 0 Setion "Submittal Proedures" in shedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contrator's Constrution Shedule with Submittals Shedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Inlude not less than 4 days for startup and testing.. Substantial Completion: Indiate ompletion in advane of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Arhitet's administrative proedures neessary for ertifiation of Substantial Completion. D. Constraints: Inlude onstraints and work restritions indiated in the Contrat Douments and as follows in shedule, and show how the sequene of the Work is affeted.. Work by Owner: Inlude a separate ativity for eah portion of the Work performed by Owner.. Owner-Furnished Produts: Inlude a separate ativity for eah produt.. Work Restritions: Show the effet of the following items on the shedule: a. Coordination with existing onstrution. b. Limitations of ontinued oupanies.. Uninterruptible servies. d. Partial oupany before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restritions. f. Provisions for future onstrution. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental ontrol. 4. Work Stages: Indiate important stages of onstrution for eah major portion of the Work, inluding, but not limited to, the following: a. Subontrat awards. b. Submittals.. Purhases. d. Mokups. e. Fabriation. f. Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspetions. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. l. Startup and plaement into final use and operation. E. Cost Correlation: At the head of shedule, provide a ost orrelation line, indiating planned and atual osts. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for preparation of payment requests.. Refer to Division 0 Setion "Payment Proedures" for ost reporting and payment proedures.. Contrator shall assign ost to onstrution ativities on the CPM shedule. Costs shall not be assigned to submittal ativities unless speified otherwise but may, with Arhitet's approval, be assigned to fabriation and delivery ativities. Costs shall be under required prinipal subontrats for testing and ommissioning ativities, operation and maintenane manuals, punh list ativities, Projet Reord Douments, and demonstration and training (if appliable), in the amount of perent of the Contrat Sum.. Eah ativity ost shall reflet an aurate value subjet to approval by Arhitet. 4. Total ost assigned to ativities shall equal the total Contrat Sum. F. Contrat Modifiations: For eah proposed ontrat modifiation and onurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impat analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effet of the proposed hange on the overall projet shedule. G. Computer Software: Prepare shedules using a program that has been developed speifially to manage onstrution shedules and ompatible with Owner and Arhitet s operating system.. PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar-Chart Shedule: Post preliminary horizontal bar-hart-type onstrution shedule within seven days of date established for the Notie to Proeed. B. Preparation: Indiate eah signifiant onstrution ativity separately. Identify first workday of eah week with a ontinuous vertial line. Outline signifiant onstrution ativities for first 60 days of onstrution. Inlude skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a ash requirement predition based on indiated ativities. C. Gantt-Chart Shedule: Post a omprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-hart-type, Contrator's Constrution Shedule within 0 days of date established for the Notie to Proeed. Base shedule on the Preliminary Constrution Shedule and whatever updating and feedbak was reeived sine the start of Projet. D. Preparation: Indiate eah signifiant onstrution ativity separately. Identify first workday of eah week with a ontinuous vertial line.. For onstrution ativities that require months or longer to omplete, indiate an estimated ompletion perentage in 0 perent inrements within time bar..4 REPORTS A. Daily Constrution Reports: Prepare a daily onstrution report reording the following information onerning events at Projet site:. List of subontrators at Projet site.. List of separate ontrators at Projet site.. Approximate ount of personnel at Projet site. 4. Equipment at Projet site.. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather onditions. 7. Aidents. 8. Meetings and signifiant deisions. 9. Unusual events (refer to speial reports). 0. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.. Meter readings and similar reordings.. Emergeny proedures.. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdition. 4. Change Orders reeived and implemented.. Constrution Change Diretives reeived and implemented. 6. Servies onneted and disonneted. 7. Equipment or system tests and startups. 8. Partial Completions and oupanies. 9. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Material Loation Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and post a omprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Projet site. List shall be umulative, showing materials previously reported plus items reently delivered. Inlude with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabriated or stored away from Projet site. C. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on disovery of a differene between field onditions and the Contrat Douments, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a request for interpretation. Inlude a detailed desription of the differing onditions, together with reommendations for hanging the Contrat Douments.. SPECIAL REPORTS A. General: Submit speial reports diretly to Owner within one day(s) of an ourrene. Distribute opies of report to parties affeted by the ourrene. B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and signifiant nature ours at Projet site, whether or not related diretly to the Work, prepare and submit a speial report. List hain of events, persons partiipating, response by Contrator's personnel, evaluation of results or effets, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advane when these events are known or preditable.. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Sheduling Consultant: Engage a onsultant to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting using CPM sheduling.. In-House Option: Owner may waive the requirement to retain a onsultant if Contrator employs skilled personnel with experiene in CPM sheduling and reporting tehniques. Submit qualifiations.. Meetings: Sheduling onsultant shall attend all meetings related to Projet progress, alleged delays, and time impat. B. Contrator's Constrution Shedule Updating: At bi-weekly intervals, update shedule to reflet atual onstrution progress and ativities. Post shedule one week before eah regularly sheduled progress meeting.. Revise shedule immediately after eah meeting or other ativity where revisions have been reognized or made. Post updated shedule onurrently with the report of eah suh meeting.. Inlude a report with updated shedule that indiates every hange, inluding, but not limited to, hanges in logi, durations, atual starts and finishes, and ativity durations.. As the Work progresses, indiate Atual Completion perentage for eah ativity. C. Distribution: Distribute opies of approved shedule to Arhitet, Owner, separate ontrators, testing and inspeting agenies, and other parties identified by Contrator with a need-to-know shedule responsibility.. Post opies in Projet meeting rooms and temporary field offies.. When revisions are made, distribute updated shedules to the same parties and post in the same loations. Delete parties from distribution when they have ompleted their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performane of onstrution ativities. END OF SECTION 0 00 SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Shedule: Post a shedule of submittals, arranged in hronologial order by dates required by onstrution shedule. Inlude time required for review, ordering, manufaturing, fabriation, and delivery when establishing dates. Inlude additional time required for making orretions or modifiations to submittals noted by the Arhitet and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those orretions.. Coordinate and post shedule with list of subontrats, the shedule of values, and Contrator's onstrution shedule.. Initial Submittal: Post onurrently with start-up onstrution shedule. Inlude submittals required during the first 60 days of onstrution. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early beause of long lead time for manufature or fabriation.. Final Submittal: Post onurrently with the first omplete submittal of Contrator's onstrution shedule. a. Post revised submittal shedule to reflet hanges in urrent status and timing for submittals. 4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Sheduled date for first submittal. b. Speifiation Setion number and title.. Submittal ategory: Ation, informational. d. Name of subontrator. e. Desription of the Work overed. f. Sheduled date for Arhitet's final release or approval. g. Sheduled dates for purhasing. h. Sheduled dates for installation. i. Ativity or event number.. SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and proessing of submittals with performane of onstrution ativities.. Coordinate eah submittal with fabriation, purhasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related ativities that require sequential ativity.. Submit all submittal items required for eah Speifiation Setion onurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indiated on approved submittal shedule.. Submit ation submittals and informational submittals required by the same Speifiation Setion as separate pakages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so proessing will not be delayed beause of need to review submittals onurrently for oordination. a. Arhitet reserves the right to withhold ation on a submittal requiring oordination with other submittals until related submittals are reeived. B. Proessing Time: Allow time for submittal review, inluding time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall ommene on Arhitet's reeipt of submittal. No extension of the Contrat Time will be authorized beause of failure to transmit submittals enough in advane of the Work to permit proessing, inluding resubmittals.. Initial Review: Allow days for initial review of eah submittal. Allow additional time if oordination with subsequent submittals is required. Arhitet will advise Contrator when a submittal being proessed must be delayed for oordination.. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is neessary, proess it in same manner as initial submittal.. Resubmittal Review: Allow days for review of eah resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Arhitet's onsultants, Owner, or other parties is indiated, allow days for initial review of eah submittal.. Conurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contrat Douments indiate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Arhitet and to Arhitet's onsultants, allow days for review of eah submittal. Submittal will be returned to Arhitet before being returned to Contrator. C. Identifiation and Information: Plae a permanent label or title blok on eah paper opy submittal item for identifiation.. Indiate name of firm or entity that prepared eah submittal on label or title blok.. Provide a spae approximately 6 by 8 inhes on label or beside title blok to reord Contrator's review and approval markings and ation taken by Arhitet.. Inlude the following information for proessing and reording ation taken: a. Projet name. b. Date.. Name of Arhitet. d. Name of Constrution Manager. e. Name of Contrator. f. Name of subontrator. g. Name of supplier. h. Name of manufaturer. i. Submittal number or other unique identifier, inluding revision identifier. ) Submittal number shall use Speifiation Setion number followed by a deimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., ). Resubmittals shall inlude an alphabeti suffix after another deimal point (e.g., A). j. Number and title of appropriate Speifiation Setion. k. Drawing number and detail referenes, as appropriate. l. Loation(s) where produt is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Other neessary identifiation. D. Options: Identify options requiring seletion by the Arhitet. E. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contrat Douments on submittals. F. Transmittal: Assemble eah submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit eah submittal using a transmittal form. Arhitet will disard submittals reeived from soures other than Contrator.. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Doument G80.. On an attahed separate sheet, prepared on Contrator's letterhead, reord relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Arhitet on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contrat Douments, inluding minor variations and limitations. Inlude same identifiation information as related submittal. G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of opies as initial submittal.. Note date and ontent of previous submittal.. Note date and ontent of revision in label or title blok and learly indiate extent of revision.. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Arhitet's ation stamp. H. Distribution: Furnish opies of final submittals to manufaturers, subontrators, suppliers, fabriators, installers, authorities having jurisdition, and others as neessary for performane of onstrution ativities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. I. Use for Constrution: Use only final submittals that are marked with approval notation from Arhitet's ation stamp. PART - PRODUCTS. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Proedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Speifiation Setions. Types of submittals are indiated in individual Speifiation Setions.. Post eletroni submittals as PDF eletroni files diretly to Projet Web site speifially established for Projet. a. Arhitet will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one opy of file as an eletroni Projet reord doument file.. Submit eletroni submittals via as PDF eletroni files. a. Arhitet will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one opy of file as an eletroni Projet reord doument file.. Closeout Submittals and Maintenane Material Submittals: Comply with requirements speified in Division 0 Setion "Closeout Proedures." 4. Certifiates and Certifiations Submittals: Provide a statement that inludes signature of entity responsible for preparing ertifiation. Certifiates and ertifiations shall be signed by an offier or other individual authorized to sign douments on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a digital signature with digital ertifiate on eletronially-submitted ertifiates and ertifiations where indiated. b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper opy ertifiates and ertifiations where indiated. B. Produt Data: Collet information into a single submittal for eah element of onstrution and type of produt or equipment.. If information must be speially prepared for submittal beause standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Produt Data.. Mark eah opy of eah submittal to show whih produts and options are appliable.. Submit Produt Data before or onurrent with Samples. 4. Submit Produt Data in PDF eletroni file. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Projet-speifi information, drawn aurately to sale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reprodutions of the Contrat Douments or standard printed data.. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contrat Douments. Revise first subparagraph below to establish a standard sheet size and format.. Sheet Size: Exept for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-/ by inhes but no larger than 0 by 4 inhes.. Submit Shop Drawings in PDF eletroni file. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, olor, pattern, and texture for a hek of these harateristis with other elements and for a omparison of these harateristis between submittal and atual omponent as delivered and installed.. Transmit Samples that ontain multiple, related omponents suh as aessories together in one submittal pakage.. Samples for Verifiation: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indiated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, ured and finished in manner speified, and physially idential with material or produt proposed for use, and that show full range of olor and texture variations expeted. Samples inlude, but are not limited to, the following: partial setions of manufatured or fabriated omponents; small uts or ontainers of materials; omplete units of repetitively used materials; swathes showing olor, texture, and pattern; olor range sets; and omponents used for independent testing and inspetion. E. Produt Shedule: As required in individual Speifiation Setions, prepare a written summary indiating types of produts required for the Work and their intended loation. Inlude the following information in tabular form:. Type of produt. Inlude unique identifier for eah produt indiated in the Contrat Douments.. Manufaturer and produt name, and model number if appliable.. Number and name of room or spae. 4. Loation within room or spae.. Submit produt shedule in PDF eletroni file. F. Subontrat List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for eah portion of the Work, inluding those who are to furnish produts or equipment fabriated to a speial design. Inlude the following information in tabular form:. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subontrat or supplying produts.. Number and title of related Speifiation Setion(s) overed by subontrat.. Drawing number and detail referenes, as appropriate, overed by subontrat. 4. Submit subontrat list in PDF eletroni file. G. Qualifiation Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates apabilities and experiene of firm or person. Inlude lists of ompleted projets with projet names and addresses, ontat information of arhitets and owners, and other information speified.. DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performane and Design Criteria: Where professional design servies or ertifiations by a design professional are speifially required of Contrator by the Contrat Douments, provide produts and systems omplying with speifi performane and design riteria indiated.. If riteria indiated are not suffiient to perform servies or ertifiation required, submit a written request for additional information to Arhitet. B. Delegated-Design Servies Certifiation: In addition to Shop Drawings, Produt Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally-signed PDF eletroni file paper opies of ertifiate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for eah produt and system speifially assigned to Contrator to be designed or ertified by a design professional.. Indiate that produts and systems omply with performane and design riteria in the Contrat Douments. Inlude list of odes, loads, and other fators used in performing these servies.. CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Ation and Informational Submittals: Review eah submittal and hek for oordination with other Work of the Contrat and for ompliane with the Contrat Douments. Note orretions and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Arhitet. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp eah submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Inlude Projet name and loation, submittal number, Speifiation Setion title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contrator's approval, and statement ertifying that submittal has been reviewed, heked, and approved for ompliane with the Contrat Douments.. ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Arhitet will not review submittals that do not bear Contrator's approval stamp and will return them without ation. B. Ation Submittals: Arhitet will review eah submittal, make marks to indiate orretions or modifiations required, and return it. Arhitet will stamp eah submittal with an ation stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indiate ation. C. Informational Submittals: Arhitet will review eah submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not omply with requirements. Arhitet will forward eah submittal to appropriate party. D. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has reeived prior approval from Arhitet. E. Inomplete submittals are not aeptable, will be onsidered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review. F. Submittals not required by the Contrat Douments may not be reviewed and may be disarded. END OF SECTION 0 00 SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. General: If ompliane with two or more standards is speified and the standards establish different or onfliting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, omply with the most stringent requirement. Refer unertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Arhitet for a deision before proeeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or speified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The atual installation may omply exatly with the minimum quantity or quality speified, or it may exeed the minimum within reasonable limits. To omply with these requirements, indiated numeri values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the ontext of requirements. Refer unertainties to Arhitet for a deision before proeeding.. SUBMITTALS A. Qualifiation Data: Post for testing agenies speified in "Quality Assurane" Artile to demonstrate their apabilities and experiene. Inlude proof of qualifiations in the form of a reent report on the inspetion of the testing ageny by a reognized authority. B. Shedule of Tests and Inspetions: Prepare in tabular form and inlude the following:. Speifiation Setion number and title.. Desription of test and inspetion.. Identifiation of appliable standards. 4. Identifiation of test and inspetion methods.. Number of tests and inspetions required. 6. Time shedule or time span for tests and inspetions. 7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspetions. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique harateristis of eah quality-ontrol servie. C. Reports: Prepare and post ertified written reports that inlude the following:. Date of issue.. Projet title and number.. Name, address, and telephone number of testing ageny. 4. Dates and loations of samples and tests or inspetions.. Names of individuals making tests and inspetions. 6. Desription of the Work and test and inspetion method. 7. Identifiation of produt and Speifiation Setion. 8. Complete test or inspetion data. 9. Test and inspetion results and an interpretation of test results. 0. Reord of temperature and weather onditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspeting.. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspeted Work omplies with the Contrat Doument requirements.. Name and signature of laboratory inspetor.. Reommendations on retesting and reinspeting. D. Permits, Lienses, and Certifiates: For Owner's reords, post and submit one opy of permits, lienses, ertifiations, inspetion reports, releases, jurisditional settlements, noties, reeipts for fee payments, judgments, orrespondene, reords, and similar douments, established for ompliane with standards and regulations bearing on performane of the Work.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifiations paragraphs in this Artile establish the minimum qualifiation levels required; individual Speifiation Setions speify additional requirements. B. Installer Qualifiations: A firm or individual experiened in installing, ereting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indiated for this Projet, whose work has resulted in onstrution with a reord of suessful inservie performane. C. Manufaturer Qualifiations: A firm experiened in manufaturing produts or systems similar to those indiated for this Projet and with a reord of suessful in-servie performane, as well as suffiient prodution apaity to produe required units. D. Fabriator Qualifiations: A firm experiened in produing produts similar to those indiated for this Projet and with a reord of suessful in-servie performane, as well as suffiient prodution apaity to produe required units. E. Professional Engineer Qualifiations: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to pratie in jurisdition where Projet is loated and who is experiened in providing engineering servies of the kind indiated. Engineering servies are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or produt that are similar to those indiated for this Projet in material, design, and extent. F. Speialists: Certain setions of the Speifiations require that speifi onstrution ativities shall be performed by entities who are reognized experts in those operations. Speialists shall satisfy qualifiation requirements indiated and shall be engaged for the ativities indiated.. Requirement for speialists shall not supersede building odes and regulations governing the Work. G. Speial Inspetors: Individual s qualifiations outlined, in strit aordane with and approved by loal authorities having jurisdition. H. Testing Ageny Qualifiations: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent ageny with the experiene and apability to ondut testing and inspeting indiated, as doumented aording to ASTM E 48; and with additional qualifiations speified in individual Setions; and where required by authorities having jurisdition, that is aeptable to authorities.. NRTL: A nationally reognized testing laboratory aording to 9 CFR NVLAP: A testing ageny aredited aording to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Areditation Program. I. Fatory-Authorized Servie Representative Qualifiations: An authorized representative of manufaturer who is trained and approved by manufaturer to inspet installation of manufaturer's produts that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indiated for this Projet. J. Preonstrution Testing: Where testing ageny is indiated to perform preonstrution testing for ompliane with speified requirements for performane and test methods, omply with the following:. Contrator responsibilities inlude the following: a. Provide test speimens representative of proposed produts and onstrution. b. Submit speimens in a timely manner with suffiient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.. Provide sizes and onfigurations of test assemblies, mokups, and laboratory mokups to adequately demonstrate apability of produts to omply with performane requirements. d. When testing is omplete, remove test speimens, assemblies, mokups, and laboratory mokups; do not reuse produts on Projet.. Testing Ageny Responsibilities: Submit a ertified written report of eah test, inspetion, and similar quality-assurane servie to Arhitet, with opy to Contrator. Interpret tests and inspetions and state in eah report whether tested and inspeted work omplies with or deviates from the Contrat Douments. K. Mokups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mokups, build mokups for eah form of onstrution and finish required to omply with the following requirements, using materials indiated for the ompleted Work:. Build mokups in loation and of size indiated or, if not indiated, as direted by Arhitet.. Notify Arhitet seven days in advane of dates and times when mokups will be onstruted.. Demonstrate the proposed range of aestheti effets and workmanship. 4. Obtain Arhitet's approval of mokups before starting work, fabriation, or onstrution. a. Allow seven days for initial review and eah re-review of eah mokup.. Maintain mokups during onstrution in an undisturbed ondition as a standard for judging the ompleted Work. 6. Demolish and remove mokups when direted, unless otherwise indiated..4 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-ontrol servies are indiated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing ageny to perform these servies.. Owner will furnish Contrator with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agenies engaged and a desription of types of testing and inspeting they are engaged to perform.. Payment for these servies will be made from testing and inspeting allowanes, as authorized by Change Orders.. Costs for retesting and reinspeting onstrution that replaes or is neessitated by work that failed to omply with the Contrat Douments will be harged to Contrator, and the Contrat Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. B. Tests and inspetions not expliitly assigned to Owner are Contrator's responsibility. Unless otherwise indiated, provide quality-ontrol servies speified and those required by authorities having jurisdition. Perform quality-ontrol servies required of Contrator by authorities having jurisdition, whether speified or not.. Where servies are indiated as Contrator's responsibility, engage a qualified testing ageny to perform these quality-ontrol servies. a. Contrator shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.. Notify testing agenies at least 4 hours in advane of time when Work that requires testing or inspeting will be performed.. Where quality-ontrol servies are indiated as Contrator's responsibility, submit a ertified written report, in dupliate, of eah quality-ontrol servie. 4. Testing and inspeting requested by Contrator and not required by the Contrat Douments are Contrator's responsibility.. Submit additional opies of eah written report diretly to authorities having jurisdition, when they so diret. C. Manufaturer's Field Servies: Where indiated, engage a fatory-authorized servie representative to inspet field-assembled omponents and equipment installation, inluding servie onnetions. Report results in writing as speified in Division 0 Setion "Submittal Proedures." D. Retesting/Reinspeting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspetions were Contrator's responsibility, provide quality-ontrol servies, inluding retesting and reinspeting, for onstrution that replaed Work that failed to omply with the Contrat Douments. E. Testing Ageny Responsibilities: Cooperate with Arhitet and Contrator in performane of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspetions.. Notify Arhitet and Contrator promptly of irregularities or defiienies observed in the Work during performane of its servies.. Determine the loation from whih test samples will be taken and in whih in-situ tests are onduted.. Condut and interpret tests and inspetions and state in eah report whether tested and inspeted work omplies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a ertified written report, in dupliate, of eah test, inspetion, and similar quality-ontrol servie through Contrator.. Do not release, revoke, alter, or inrease the Contrat Doument requirements or approve or aept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contrator. F. Assoiated Servies: Cooperate with agenies performing required tests, inspetions, and similar quality-ontrol servies, and provide reasonable auxiliary servies as requested. Notify ageny suffiiently in advane of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:. Aess to the Work.. Inidental labor and failities neessary to failitate tests and inspetions.. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspeting. Assist ageny in obtaining samples. 4. Failities for storage and field uring of test samples.. Delivery of samples to testing agenies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require ontrol by testing ageny. 7. Seurity and protetion for samples and for testing and inspeting equipment at Projet site. G. Coordination: Coordinate sequene of ativities to aommodate required quality-assurane and -ontrol servies with a minimum of delay and to avoid neessity of removing and replaing onstrution to aommodate testing and inspeting.. Shedule times for tests, inspetions, obtaining samples, and similar ativities. H. Shedule of Tests and Inspetions: Prepare a shedule of tests, inspetions, and similar quality-ontrol servies required by the Contrat Douments. Submit shedule within 0 days of date established for the Notie to Proeed.. Distribution: Distribute shedule to Owner, Arhitet, testing agenies, and eah party involved in performane of portions of the Work where tests and inspetions are required.. SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Speial Tests and Inspetions: Owner will engage a qualified speial inspetor to ondut speial tests and inspetions required by authorities having jurisdition as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows:. Verifying that manufaturer maintains detailed fabriation and quality-ontrol proedures and reviewing the ompleteness and adequay of those proedures to perform the Work.. Notifying Arhitet and Contrator promptly of irregularities and defiienies observed in the Work during performane of its servies.. Submitting a ertified written report of eah test, inspetion, and similar quality-ontrol servie to Arhitet with opy to Contrator and to authorities having jurisdition. 4. Submitting a final report of speial tests and inspetions at Substantial Completion, whih inludes a list of unresolved defiienies.. Interpreting tests and inspetions and stating in eah report whether tested and inspeted work omplies with or deviates from the Contrat Douments. 6. Retesting and reinspeting orreted work. PART - PRODUCTS (Not Used). TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Prepare a reord of tests and inspetions. Inlude the following:. Date test or inspetion was onduted.. Desription of the Work tested or inspeted.. Date test or inspetion results were transmitted to Arhitet. 4. Identifiation of testing ageny or speial inspetor onduting test or inspetion. B. Maintain log at Projet site. Post hanges and modifiations as they our. Provide aess to test and inspetion log for Arhitet's referene during normal working hours.. REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On ompletion of testing, inspeting, sample taking, and similar servies, repair damaged onstrution and restore substrates and finishes.. Comply with the Contrat Doument requirements for Division 0 Setion "Cutting and Pathing." B. Protet onstrution exposed by or for quality-ontrol servie ativities. C. Repair and protetion are Contrator's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-ontrol servies. END OF SECTION SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use harges for temporary failities shall be inluded in the Contrat Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary servies and failities without ost, inluding, but not limited to, Arhitet, testing agenies, and authorities having jurisdition. B. Sewer Servie: Pay sewer servie use harges for sewer usage by all entities for onstrution operations. C. Water Servie: Pay water servie use harges for water used by all entities for onstrution operations. D. Eletri Power Servie: Pay eletri power servie use harges for eletriity used by all entities for onstrution operations.. SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Post plan showing temporary failities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for onstrution personnel. PART - PRODUCTS. TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Common-Use Field Offie: Of suffiient size to aommodate needs of onstrution personnel. Keep offie lean and orderly. Furnish and equip offies as follows:. Furniture required for Projet-site douments inluding file abinets, plan tables, plan raks, and bookases.. Conferene room of suffiient size to aommodate meetings of 0 individuals. Provide eletrial power servie and 0-V a duplex reeptales, with not less than reeptale on eah wall. Furnish room with onferene table, hairs, and 4-foot- square tak board.. Drinking water and private toilet. 4. Coffee mahine and supplies.. Heating and ooling equipment neessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 7 deg F. 6. Lighting fixtures apable of maintaining average illumination of 0 f at desk height. B. Storage and Fabriation Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to aommodate materials and equipment for onstrution operations.. Store ombustible materials apart from building.. EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with lass and extinguishing agent as required by loations and lasses of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-ontained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual spae thermostati ontrol.. Use of gasoline-burning spae heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited.. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being onsumed, by a testing ageny aeptable to authorities having jurisdition, and marked for intended use.. TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary servie or onnet to existing servie.. Arrange with utility ompany, Owner, and existing users for time when servie an be interrupted, if neessary, to make onnetions for temporary servies. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.. Connet temporary sewers to muniipal system as direted by authorities having jurisdition. C. Water Servie: Install water servie and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for onstrution. D. Sanitary Failities: Provide temporary toilets, wash failities, and drinking water for use of onstrution personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdition for type, number, loation, operation, and maintenane of fixtures and failities.. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet failities will be permitted, as long as failities are leaned and maintained in a ondition aeptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these failities to ondition existing before initial use. E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and ooling required by onstrution ativities for uring or drying of ompleted installations or for proteting installed onstrution from adverse effets of low temperatures or high humidity. Selet equipment that will not have a harmful effet on ompleted installations or elements being installed. F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by onstrution ativities for uring or drying of ompleted installations or for proteting installed onstrution from adverse effets of high humidity. Selet equipment that will not have a harmful effet on ompleted installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produe ambient ondition required and minimize energy onsumption. G. Eletri Power Servie: Use of Owner's existing eletri power servie will be permitted, as long as equipment is maintained in a ondition aeptable to Owner. H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with loal swithing that provides adequate illumination for onstrution operations, observations, inspetions, and traffi onditions.. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills seurity and protetion requirements without operating entire system.. Install lighting for Projet identifiation sign. I. Telephone Servie: Provide temporary telephone servie in ommon-use failities for use by all onstrution personnel. Install one telephone line(s) for eah field offie.. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide a dediated telephone line for eah fasimile mahine and omputer in eah field offie. b. Provide one telephone line(s) for Owner's use.. At eah telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Polie and fire departments. b. Ambulane servie.. Contrator's home offie. d. Arhitet's offie. e. Engineers' offies. f. Owner's offie. g. Prinipal subontrators' field and home offies.. Provide superintendent with ellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field offie. J. Eletroni Communiation Servie: Provide temporary eletroni ommuniation servie, inluding eletroni mail, in ommon-use failities.. Provide DSL in primary field offie.. SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following:. Provide inombustible onstrution for offies, shops, and sheds loated within onstrution area or within 0 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 4.. Maintain support failities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent failities, under onditions aeptable to Owner. B. Traffi Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdition.. Protet existing site improvements to remain inluding urbs, pavement, and utilities.. Maintain aess for fire-fighting equipment and aess to fire hydrants. C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for onstrution personnel. D. Dewatering Failities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdition. Maintain Projet site, exavations, and onstrution free of water.. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Projet or adjoining properties nor endanger permanent Work or temporary failities.. Remove snow and ie as required to minimize aumulations. E. Projet Identifiation and Temporary Signs: Provide Projet identifiation and other signs as indiated on Drawings. Install signs where indiated to inform publi and individuals seeking entrane to Projet. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.. Provide temporary, diretional signs for onstrution personnel and visitors.. Maintain and touhup signs so they are legible at all times.. SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Pest Control: Engage pest-ontrol servie to reommend praties to minimize attration and harboring of rodents, roahes, and other pests and to perform extermination and ontrol proedures at regular intervals so Projet will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Obtain extended warranty for Owner. Perform ontrol operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials. B. Seurity Enlosure and Lokup: Install substantial temporary enlosure around partially ompleted areas of onstrution. Provide lokable entranes to prevent unauthorized entrane, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of seurity. C. Temporary Fire Protetion: Install and maintain temporary fire-protetion failities of types needed to protet against reasonably preditable and ontrollable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 4.. Prohibit smoking in onstrution areas.. Supervise welding operations, ombustion-type temporary heating units, and similar soures of fire ignition aording to requirements of authorities having jurisdition.. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protetion program for personnel at Projet site. Review needs with loal fire department and establish proedures to be followed. Instrut personnel in methods and proedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protetion. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protetion purposes only and are not to be removed. Math hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles..4 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enfore strit disipline in use of temporary failities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary failities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenane: Maintain failities in good operating ondition until removal.. Maintain operation of temporary enlosures, heating, ooling, humidity ontrol, ventilation, and similar failities on a 4-hour basis where required to ahieve indiated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Faility Changeover: Do not hange over from using temporary seurity and protetion failities to permanent failities until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 T: F: Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD /6/ G0 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS

3 SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. SUBMITTALS A. Produt List: Post a list, in tabular from, showing speified produts. Inlude generi names of produts required. Inlude manufaturer's name and proprietary produt names for eah produt.. Coordinate produt list with Contrator's Constrution Shedule and the Submittals Shedule.. Form: Tabulate information for eah produt under the following olumn headings: a. Speifiation Setion number and title. b. Generi name used in the Contrat Douments.. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufaturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Installer's name and address. g. Projeted delivery date or time span of delivery period. h. Identifiation of items that require early submittal approval for sheduled delivery date.. Initial Submittal: Within days after date of ommenement of the Work, submit opies of initial produt list. Inlude a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contrat requirements. a. At Contrator's option, initial submittal may be limited to produt seletions and designations that must be established early in Contrat period. 4. Completed List: Within 0 days after date of ommenement of the Work, submit opies of ompleted produt list. Inlude a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contrat requirements.. Arhitet's Ation: Arhitet will respond in writing to Contrator within days of reeipt of ompleted produt list. Arhitet's response will inlude a list of unaeptable produt seletions and a brief explanation of reasons for this ation. Arhitet's response, or lak of response, does not onstitute a waiver of requirement to omply with the Contrat Douments. B. Substitution Requests: Post opies of eah request for onsideration. Identify produt or fabriation or installation method to be replaed. Inlude Speifiation Setion number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.. Doumentation: Show ompliane with requirements for substitutions and the following, as appliable: a. Substitutions will only be onsidered when named produt is no longer available. b. Statement indiating why speified material or produt annot be provided.. Coordination information, inluding a list of hanges or modifiations needed to other parts of the Work and to onstrution performed by Owner and separate ontrators, that will be neessary to aommodate proposed substitution. d. Detailed omparison of signifiant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work speified. Signifiant qualities may inlude attributes suh as performane, weight, size, durability, visual effet, and speifi features and requirements indiated. e. Produt Data, inluding drawings and desriptions of produts and fabriation and installation proedures. f. Samples, where appliable or requested. g. List of similar installations for ompleted projets with projet names and addresses and names and addresses of arhitets and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing ageny indiating and interpreting test results for ompliane with requirements indiated. i. Researh/evaluation reports evidening ompliane with building ode in effet for Projet, from a model ode organization aeptable to authorities having jurisdition. j. Detailed omparison of Contrator's Constrution Shedule using proposed substitution with produts speified for the Work, inluding effet on the overall Contrat Time. If speified produt or method of onstrution annot be provided within the Contrat Time, inlude letter from manufaturer, on manufaturer's letterhead, stating lak of availability or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, inluding a proposal of hange, if any, in the Contrat Sum. l. Contrator's ertifiation that proposed substitution omplies with requirements in the Contrat Douments and is appropriate for appliations indiated. m. Contrator's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently beome neessary beause of failure of proposed substitution to produe indiated results.. Arhitet's Ation: If neessary, Arhitet will request additional information or doumentation for evaluation within 7 days of reeipt of a request for substitution. Arhitet will notify Contrator of aeptane or rejetion of proposed substitution within days of reeipt of request, or 7 days of reeipt of additional information or doumentation, whihever is later. a. Form of Aeptane: Change Order. b. Use produt speified if Arhitet annot make a deision on use of a proposed substitution within time alloated. PART - PRODUCTS. PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Produt Requirements: Provide produts that omply with the Contrat Douments, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indiated, that are new at time of installation.. Provide produts omplete with aessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a omplete installation and indiated use and effet.. Standard Produts: If available, and unless ustom produts or nonstandard options are speified, provide standard produts of types that have been produed and used suessfully in similar situations on other projets.. Owner reserves the right to limit seletion to produts with warranties not in onflit with requirements of the Contrat Douments. 4. Where produts are aompanied by the term "as seleted," Arhitet will make seletion.. Where produts are aompanied by the term "math sample," sample to be mathed is Arhitet's. 6. Desriptive, performane, and referene standard requirements in the Speifiations establish "salient harateristis" of produts. B. Produt Seletion Proedures:. Produt: Where Speifiations name a single produt and manufaturer, provide the named produt that omplies with requirements.. Manufaturer/Soure: Where Speifiations name a single manufaturer or soure, provide a produt by the named manufaturer or soure that omplies with requirements.. Produt Options: Where Speifiations indiate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a speifi produt or system, provide the speified produt or system. Comply with provisions in Part "Produt Substitutions" Artile for onsideration of an unnamed produt or system. 4. Basis-of-Design Produt: Where Speifiations name a produt and inlude a list of manufaturers, provide the speified produt or a omparable produt by one of the other named manufaturers. Drawings and Speifiations indiate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other harateristis that are based on the produt named. Comply with provisions in Part "Comparable Produts" Artile for onsideration of an unnamed produt by the other named manufaturers.. Visual Seletion Speifiation: Where Speifiations inlude the phrase "as seleted from manufaturer's olors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, selet a produt that omplies with other speified requirements. a. Standard Range: Where Speifiations inlude the phrase "standard range of olors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Arhitet will selet olor, pattern, density, or texture from manufaturer's produt line that does not inlude premium items. b. Full Range: Where Speifiations inlude the phrase "full range of olors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Arhitet will selet olor, pattern, density, or texture from manufaturer's produt line that inludes both standard and premium items.. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: Arhitet will onsider requests for substitution if reeived within days after the Notie of Award. Requests reeived after that time may be onsidered or rejeted at disretion of Arhitet. B. Conditions: Arhitet will onsider Contrator's request for substitution when the named produt is no longer available. Arhitet will return requests without ation, exept to reord nonompliane with these requirements. (Not Used) END OF SECTION SECTION CUTTING AND PATCHING. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Strutural Elements: Do not ut and path strutural elements in a manner that ould hange their load-arrying apaity or load-defletion ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not ut and path operating elements and related omponents in a manner that results in reduing their apaity to perform as intended or that results in inreased maintenane or dereased operational life or safety. Operating elements inlude the following:. Primary operational systems and equipment.. Air or smoke barriers.. Fire-suppression systems. 4. Mehanial systems piping and duts.. Control systems. 6. Communiation systems. 7. Eletrial wiring systems. 8. Operating systems of speial onstrution in Division Setions. C. Misellaneous Elements: Do not ut and path misellaneous elements or related omponents in a manner that ould hange their load-arrying apaity, that results in reduing their apaity to perform as intended, or that results in inreased maintenane or dereased operational life or safety. Misellaneous elements inlude the following:. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.. Membranes and flashings.. Equipment supports. 4. Piping, dutwork, vessels, and equipment. D. Visual Requirements: Do not ut and path onstrution in a manner that results in visual evidene of utting and pathing. Do not ut and path onstrution exposed on the exterior or in oupied spaes in a manner that would, in Arhitet's opinion, redue the building's aestheti qualities. Remove and replae onstrution that has been ut and pathed in a visually unsatisfatory manner.. WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replae, path, and repair materials and surfaes ut or damaged during utting and pathing operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART - PRODUCTS. EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaes to be ut and pathed and onditions under whih utting and pathing are to be performed.. Compatibility: Before pathing, verify ompatibility with and suitability of substrates, inluding ompatibility with in-plae finishes or primers.. Proeed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be ut. B. Protetion: Protet in-plae onstrution during utting and pathing to prevent damage. Provide protetion from adverse weather onditions for portions of Projet that might be exposed during utting and pathing operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interferene with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Utility Servies and Mehanial/Eletrial Systems: Where existing servies/systems are required to be removed, reloated, or abandoned, bypass suh servies/systems before utting to prevent interruption to oupied areas.. PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform utting and pathing. Proeed with utting and pathing at the earliest feasible time, and omplete without delay.. Cut in-plae onstrution to provide for installation of other omponents or performane of other onstrution, and subsequently path as required to restore surfaes to their original ondition. B. Cutting: Cut in-plae onstrution by sawing, drilling, breaking, hipping, grinding, and similar operations, inluding exavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining onstrution. If possible, review proposed proedures with original Installer; omply with original Installer's written reommendations.. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and hopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbane of adjaent surfaes. Temporarily over openings when not in use.. Finished Surfaes: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into onealed surfaes.. Conrete and Masonry: Cut using a utting mahine, suh as an abrasive saw or a diamond-ore drill. 4. Exavating and Bakfilling: Comply with requirements in appliable Division 0 Setions where required by utting and pathing operations.. Mehanial and Eletrial Servies: Cut off pipe or onduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or onduit to prevent entrane of moisture or other foreign matter after utting. 6. Proeed with pathing after onstrution operations requiring utting are omplete. C. Pathing: Path onstrution by filling, repairing, refinishing, losing up, and similar operations following performane of other Work. Path with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and omply with installation requirements speified in other Setions.. Inspetion: Where feasible, test and inspet pathed areas after ompletion to demonstrate integrity of installation.. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of pathed areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining onstrution in a manner that will eliminate evidene of pathing and refinishing. a. Clean piping, onduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe overing to its original ondition.. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, path and repair floor and wall surfaes in the new spae. Provide an even surfae of uniform finish, olor, texture, and appearane. Remove in-plae floor and wall overings and replae with new materials, if neessary, to ahieve uniform olor and appearane. a. Where pathing ours in a painted surfae, apply primer and intermediate paint oats over the path and apply final paint oat over entire unbroken surfae ontaining the path. Provide additional oats until path blends with adjaent surfaes. 4. Ceilings: Path, repair, or rehang in-plae eilings as neessary to provide an even-plane surfae of uniform appearane.. Exterior Building Enlosure: Path omponents in a manner that restores enlosure to a weathertight ondition. D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaes where utting and pathing are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. END OF SECTION SECTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Proedures: Before requesting inspetion for determining date of Substantial Completion, omplete the following. List items below that are inomplete in request.. Prepare a list of items to be ompleted and orreted (punh list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not omplete.. Advise Owner of pending insurane hangeover requirements.. Submit speifi warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenane servie agreements, final ertifiations, and similar douments. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestrited use of the Work and aess to servies and utilities. Inlude oupany permits, operating ertifiates, and similar releases.. Prepare and submit Projet Reord Douments, operation and maintenane manuals, Final Completion onstrution photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final reord information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to loation designated by Owner. Label with manufaturer's name and model number where appliable. 7. Make final hangeover of permanent loks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of hangeover in seurity provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9. Submit test/adjust/balane reords. 0. Terminate and remove temporary failities from Projet site, along with mokups, onstrution tools, and similar elements.. Advise Owner of hangeover in heat and other utilities.. Submit hangeover information related to Owner's oupany, use, operation, and maintenane.. Complete final leaning requirements, inluding touhup painting. 4. Touh up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defets. B. Inspetion: Submit a written request for inspetion for Substantial Completion. On reeipt of request, Arhitet will either proeed with inspetion or notify Contrator of unfulfilled requirements. Arhitet will prepare the Certifiate of Substantial Completion after inspetion or will notify Contrator of items, either on Contrator's list or additional items identified by Arhitet, that must be ompleted or orreted before ertifiate will be issued.. Reinspetion: Request reinspetion when the Work identified in previous inspetions as inomplete is ompleted or orreted.. Results of ompleted inspetion will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.. FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Proedures: Before requesting final inspetion for determining date of Final Completion, omplete the following:. Submit a final Appliation for Payment aording to Division 0 Setion "Payment Proedures.". Submit ertified opy of Arhitet's Substantial Completion inspetion list of items to be ompleted or orreted (punh list), endorsed and dated by Arhitet. The ertified opy of the list shall state that eah item has been ompleted or otherwise resolved for aeptane.. Submit evidene of final, ontinuing insurane overage omplying with insurane requirements. 4. Submit pest-ontrol final inspetion report and warranty.. Instrut Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenane of produts, equipment, and systems. B. Inspetion: Submit a written request for final inspetion for aeptane. On reeipt of request, Arhitet will either proeed with inspetion or notify Contrator of unfulfilled requirements. Arhitet will prepare a final Certifiate for Payment after inspetion or will notify Contrator of onstrution that must be ompleted or orreted before ertifiate will be issued.. Reinspetion: Request reinspetion when the Work identified in previous inspetions as inomplete is ompleted or orreted.. LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Post and submit three opies of list. Inlude name and identifiation of eah spae and area affeted by onstrution operations for inomplete items and items needing orretion inluding, if neessary, areas disturbed by Contrator that are outside the limits of onstrution.. Organize list of spaes in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proeeding to interior loations.. Organize items applying to eah spae by major element, inluding ategories for eiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.. Inlude the following information at the top of eah page: a. Projet name. b. Date.. Name of Arhitet. d. Name of Contrator. e. Page number..4 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Post and submit written warranties on request of Arhitet for designated portions of the Work where ommenement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indiated. B. Partial Oupany: Submit properly exeuted warranties within days of ompletion of designated portions of the Work that are ompleted and oupied or used by Owner during onstrution period by separate agreement with Contrator. C. Organize warranty douments into an orderly sequene based on the table of ontents of the Projet Manual.. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, -ring, vinyl-overed, loose-leaf binders, thikness as neessary to aommodate ontents, and sized to reeive 8-/-by--inh paper.. Provide heavy paper dividers with plasti-overed tabs for eah separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the produt or installation. Provide a typed desription of the produt or installation, inluding the name of the produt and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.. Identify eah binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Projet name, and name of Contrator. D. Provide additional opies of eah warranty to inlude in operation and maintenane manuals. PART - PRODUCTS. FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final leaning. Condut leaning and waste-removal operations to omply with loal laws and ordinanes and Federal and loal environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experiened workers or professional leaners for final leaning. Clean eah surfae or unit to ondition expeted in an average ommerial building leaning and maintenane program. Comply with manufaturer's written instrutions.. Complete the following leaning operations before requesting inspetion for ertifiation of Substantial Completion for entire Projet or for a portion of Projet: a. Clean Projet site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by onstrution ativities, inluding landsape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substanes. b. Sweep paved areas broom lean. Remove petrohemial spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surfae. d. Remove tools, onstrution equipment, mahinery, and surplus material from Projet site. e. Remove snow and ie to provide safe aess to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaed finishes to a dirt-free ondition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substanes. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaes. Restore refletive surfaes to their original ondition. g. Remove debris and surfae dust from limited aess spaes, inluding roofs, plenums, shafts, trenhes, equipment vaults, manholes, attis, and similar spaes. h. Sweep onrete floors broom lean in unoupied spaes. i. Vauum arpet and similar soft surfaes, removing debris and exess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, inluding mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing ompounds and other notieable, vision-obsuring materials. Replae hipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking are not to srath surfaes. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Touh up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaes. Replae finishes and surfaes that annot be satisfatorily repaired or restored or that already show evidene of repair or restoration. ) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, inluding mehanial and eletrial nameplates. m. Wipe surfaes of mehanial and eletrial equipment and similar equipment. Remove exess lubriation, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substanes. n. Replae parts subjet to unusual operating onditions. o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary ondition, free of stains, inluding stains resulting from water exposure. p. Replae disposable air filters and lean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaes of diffusers, registers, and grills. q. Clean duts, blowers, and oils if units were operated without filters during onstrution. r. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and refletors to funtion with full effiieny. Replae burned-out bulbs, and those notieably dimmed by hours of use, and defetive and noisy starters in fluoresent and merury vapor fixtures to omply with requirements for new fixtures. s. Leave Projet lean and ready for oupany. C. Pest Control: Engage an experiened, liensed exterminator to make a final inspetion and rid Projet of rodents, insets, and other pests. Prepare a report. D. Comply with safety standards for leaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or exess materials on Owner's property. Do not disharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Projet site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referened quality standard for wood moisture ontent in relation to ambient relative humidity during fabriation and in installation areas. B. Sand fire-retardant-treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaes before fabriation. C. Fabriate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indiated. Ease edges to radius. D. Complete fabriation, inluding assembly, finishing, and hardware appliation, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Projet site. Disassemble omponents only as neessary for shipment and installation. Where neessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowane for sribing, trimming, and fitting.. Trial fit assemblies at fabriation shop that annot be shipped ompletely assembled. Install dowels, srews, bolted onnetors, and other fastening devies that an be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and hek measurements of assemblies against field measurements indiated on Shop Drawings before disassembling for shipment. E. Shop-ut openings to maximum extent possible to reeive hardware, applianes, plumbing fixtures, eletrial work, and similar items. Loate openings aurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produe aurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of utouts to remove splinters and burrs.. Seal edges of openings in ountertops with a oat of varnish. F. Install glass to omply with appliable requirements in Division 08 Setion "Deorative Glass Glazing" and in GANA's "Glazing Manual." For glass in wood frames, seure glass with removable stops..6 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FOR OPAQUE FINISH A. Grade: Custom. B. Wood Speies: Any losed-grain hardwood. C. Bakout or groove baks of flat trim members and kerf baks of other wide, flat members, exept for members with ends exposed in finished work..7 INTERIOR ORNAMENTAL WORK FOR PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH A. Interior ornamental work for plasti laminate finish.. Wall panels. B. Grade: Custom. C. Plasti laminate panels as indiated on Drawings. D. Edge: Routered finished, plasti laminate edge..8 PLASTIC-LAMINATE CABINETS A. Grade: Custom. B. AWI Type of Cabinet Constrution: Flush overlay. C. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaes: High-pressure deorative laminate omplying with the following requirements:. Horizontal Surfaes Other Than Tops: Grade HGS.. Postformed Surfaes: Grade HGP.. Vertial Surfaes: Grade HGS. 4. Edges: Grade HGS. D. Materials for Semiexposed Surfaes:. Surfaes Other Than Drawer Bodies: High-pressure deorative laminate, Grade VGS Thermoset deorative panels. a. Edges of Plasti-Laminate Shelves: PVC tape, 0.08-inh minimum thikness, mathing laminate in olor, pattern, and finish. b. For semiexposed baks of panels with exposed plasti-laminate surfaes, provide surfae of high-pressure deorative laminate, Grade VGS.. Drawer Sides and Baks: Thermoset deorative panels.. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset deorative panels. E. Conealed Baks of Panels with Exposed Plasti Laminate Surfaes: High-pressure deorative laminate, Grade BKL. F. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and produts that result in olors and textures of exposed laminate surfaes omplying with the following requirements:. As indiated by laminate manufaturer's designations on Drawings..9 PLASTIC-LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Grade: Custom. B. High-Pressure Deorative Laminate Grade: HGS. C. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and produts that result in olors and textures of exposed laminate surfaes omplying with the following requirements:. As indiated by manufaturer's designations on Drawings. D. Edge Treatment: Plasti laminate finish edge. E. Core Material: Exterior-grade plywood. F. Baker Sheet: Provide plasti-laminate baker sheet, Grade BKL, on underside of ountertop substrate. G. Adhesive: Adhesive utilized to mount bak splashes to be waterproof type..0 SHELVING A. Grade: Custom. B. Shelf Material: /4-inh solid lumber with plasti laminate faing.. PREPARATION A. Before installation, ondition woodwork to average prevailing humidity onditions in installation areas. B. Before installing arhitetural woodwork, examine shop-fabriated work for ompletion and omplete work as required, inluding removal of paking and bakpriming.. INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install woodwork to omply with requirements for the same grade speified in Part for fabriation of type of woodwork involved. B. Assemble woodwork and omplete fabriation at Projet site to omply with requirements for fabriation in Part, to extent that it was not ompleted in the shop. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with onealed shims. Install level and plumb (inluding tops) to a tolerane of /8 inh in 96 inhes. D. Sribe and ut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish ut surfaes, and repair damaged finish at uts. E. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood: Handle, store, and install fire-retardant-treated wood to omply with hemial treatment manufaturer's written instrutions, inluding those for adhesives used to install woodwork. F. Anhor woodwork to anhors or bloking built in or diretly attahed to substrates. Seure with ountersunk, onealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for omplete installation. Use fine finishing nails or finishing srews for exposed fastening, ountersunk and filled flush with woodwork and mathing final finish if transparent finish is indiated. G. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length piees (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use piees less than 96 inhes long, exept where shorter single-length piees are neessary. Sarf running joints and stagger in adjaent and related members.. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plasti wood filler, sand smooth, and finish same as wood base if finished.. Install wall railings on indiated metal brakets seurely fastened to wall framing.. Install standing and running trim with no more variation from a straight line than /8 inh in 96 inhes. H. Paneling: Anhor paneling to supporting substrate with onealed panel-hanger lips. Do not use fae fastening, unless otherwise indiated.. Install flush paneling with no more than /6 inh in 96-inh vertial up or bow and /8 inh in 96-inh horizontal variation from a true plane. I. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are aurately aligned. Adjust hardware to enter doors and drawers in openings and to provide unenumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and aessory items as indiated.. Install abinets with no more than /8 inh in 96-inh sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line.. Maintain veneer sequene mathing of abinets with transparent finish.. Fasten wall abinets through bak, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 6 inhes o.. with No. 0 wafer-head srews sized for -inh penetration into wood framing, bloking, or hanging strips. J. Countertops: Anhor seurely by srewing through orner bloks of base abinets or other supports into underside of ountertop.. Align adjaent solid-surfaing-material ountertops and form seams to omply with manufaturer's written reommendations using adhesive in olor to math ountertop. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surfae srathes, and lean entire surfae.. Install ountertops with no more than /8 inh in 96-inh sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line.. Seure baksplashes to tops with onealed metal brakets at 6 inhes o.. and to walls with adhesive. 4. Calk spae between baksplash and wall with sealant speified in Division 07 Setion "Joint Sealants." K. Touh up finishing work speified in this Setion after installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with mathing filler where exposed. L. Refer to Division 09 Setions for final finishing of installed arhitetural woodwork not indiated to be shop finished.. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defetive woodwork, where possible, to eliminate funtional and visual defets; where not possible to repair, replae woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearane. B. Clean, lubriate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaes. Touh up shop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION SECTION THERMAL INSULATION. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Soure Limitations: Obtain eah type of building insulation through one soure from a single manufaturer. B. Fire-Test-Response Charateristis: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-response harateristis indiated, as determined by testing idential produts per test method indiated below by UL or another testing and inspeting ageny aeptable to authorities having jurisdition. Identify materials with appropriate markings of appliable testing and inspeting ageny.. Surfae-Burning Charateristis: ASTM E 84.. Fire-Resistane Ratings: ASTM E 9.. Combustion Charateristis: ASTM E 6.. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protet insulation materials from physial damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other soures. Store inside and in a dry loation. Comply with manufaturer's written instrutions for handling, storing, and proteting during installation. PART - PRODUCTS. GLASS-FIBER/SLAG-WOOL-FIBER/ROCK-WOOL-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Manufaturers:. Fibrex Insulations In.. Owens Corning.. Thermafiber. B. Unfaed, Glass-Fiber/Slag-Wool-Fiber/Rok-Wool-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 66, Type I (blankets without membrane faing); onsisting of fibers; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of and 0, respetively; passing ASTM E 6 for ombustion harateristis. C. Faed, Glass-Fiber/Slag-Wool-Fiber/Rok-Wool-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 66, Type III (blankets with refletive membrane faing), Class A (membrane-faed surfae with a flame spread of or less); Category (membrane is a vapor barrier), faed with foil-srim-kraft, foil-srim, or foil-srim-polyethylene vapor-retarder membrane one fae.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and onditions, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements of Setions in whih substrates and related work are speified and for other onditions affeting performane.. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substanes harmful to insulation or vapor retarders, inluding removing projetions apable of punturing vapor retarders or of interfering with insulation attahment.. INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufaturer's written instrutions appliable to produts and appliation indiated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ie, rain, and snow. C. Extend insulation in thikness indiated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstrutions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projetions that interfere with plaement. D. Water-Piping Coordination: If water piping is loated within insulated exterior walls, oordinate loation of piping to ensure that it is plaed on warm side of insulation and insulation enapsulates piping. E. For preformed insulating units, provide sizes to fit appliations indiated and seleted from manufaturer's standard thiknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produe thikness indiated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thikness..4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indiated, omplying with manufaturer's written instrutions. If no speifi method is indiated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mehanial anhorage to provide permanent plaement and support of units. B. Install mineral-fiber insulation in avities formed by framing members aording to the following requirements:. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the avities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill avity, provide lengths that will produe a snug fit between ends.. Plae insulation in avities formed by framing members to produe a frition fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.. Maintain -inh learane of insulation around reessed lighting fixtures. 4. Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated atti spaes at vented eaves.. For metal-framed wall avities where avity heights exeed 96 inhes, support unfaed blankets mehanially and support faed blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs.. INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN CEILINGS FOR SOUND ATTENUATION A. Install -inh-thik, unfaed glass-fiber/slag-wool-fiber/rok-wool-fiber blanket insulation over suspended eilings at partitions in a width that extends insulation 48 inhes on either side of partition..6 PROTECTION A. Protet installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physial abuse, and other auses. Provide temporary overings or enlosures where insulation is subjet to abuse and annot be onealed and proteted by permanent onstrution immediately after installation. END OF SECTION SECTION JOINT SEALANTS. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah joint-sealant produt indiated.. WARRANTY A. Speial Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in whih Installer agrees to repair or replae elastomeri joint sealants that do not omply with performane and other requirements speified in this Setion within speified warranty period.. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART - PRODUCTS. MANUFACTURERS A. Produts: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide one of the produts listed in other Part artiles.. MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, bakings, and other related materials that are ompatible with one another and with joint substrates under onditions of servie and appliation, as demonstrated by sealant manufaturer, based on testing and field experiene. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: To math adjaent substrates, unless otherwise indiated. C. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the weatherproofing system that omply with the following limits for VOC ontent when alulated aording to 40 CFR 9, Par 9, Subpart D (EPA Method 4):. Arhitetural Sealants: 0 g/l.. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 0 g/l.. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 77 g/l.. ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeri Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 90 and other requirements indiated for eah liquid-applied hemially uring sealant speified, inluding those referening ASTM C 90 lassifiations for type, grade, lass, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B. Single-Component, Nonsag, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 90, Type S, Grade NS, Class, for Use NT.. Produts: a. BASF Building Systems: Sonolasti NP. b. Peora Corporation; Dynatrol I-XL. Tremo; Dymoni. Type and Grade: M (multiomponent) and P (pourable).. Class:. 4. Use Related to Exposure: T (traffi).. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, A, and, as appliable to joint substrates indiated, O. C. Single-Component Silione Sealant:. Produts: a. BASF Building Systems; Omniseal 0. b. Dow Corning Corporations; 76 SMS.. Peora Corporation; Type and Grade: S (single omponent) and NS (nonsag).. Class: 00/0. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffi).. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as appliable to joint substrates indiated, O. 6. Stain-Test-Response Charateristis: Nonstaining to porous substrates per ASTM C 90.. D. Single-Component Mildew-Resistant Neutral-Curing Silione Sealant:. Produts: a. BASF Building System; Omniplus. b. Peora Corporation: Tremo; Tremsil Type and Grade: S (single omponent) and NS (nonsag).. Class:. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffi).. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: G, A, and, as appliable to joint substrates indiated, O..4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 84, Type O P, Grade NF. B. Produts:. BASF Building Systems; Sonola.. Peora Corporation; AC-0+.. Tremo; Tremflex 84.. JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant bakings of material and type that are nonstaining; are ompatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for appliations indiated by sealant manufaturer based on field experiene and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrial Sealant Bakings: ASTM C 0, Type C (losed-ell material with a surfae skin), and of size and density to ontrol sealant depth and otherwise ontribute to produing optimum sealant performane. C. Elastomeri Tubing Sealant Bakings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silione tubing omplying with ASTM D 06, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and apable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 6 deg F. Provide produts with low ompression set and of size and shape to provide a seondary seal, to ontrol sealant depth, and to otherwise ontribute to optimum sealant performane. D. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plasti tape reommended by sealant manufaturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaes at bak of joint where suh adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where appliable..6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material reommended by joint-sealant manufaturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indiated, as determined from preonstrution joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaes: Chemial leaners aeptable to manufaturers of sealants and sealant baking materials, free of oily residues or other substanes apable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjaent nonporous surfaes in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material ompatible with joint sealants and surfaes adjaent to joints.. PREPARATION A. Surfae Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants.. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that ould interfere with adhesion of joint sealant. a. Clean porous joint substrate surfaes by brushing, grinding, blast leaning, mehanial abrading, or a ombination of these methods to produe a lean, sound substrate apable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose partiles remaining after leaning operations above by vauuming or blowing out joints with oil-free ompressed air.. Remove laitane and form-release agents from onrete. a. Clean nonporous surfaes with hemial leaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues apable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, where reommended in writing by joint-sealant manufaturer, based on preonstrution joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experiene. Apply primer to omply with joint-sealant manufaturer's written instrutions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaes. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent ontat of sealant with adjoining surfaes that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by suh ontat or by leaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.. INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with reommendations in ASTM C 9 for use of joint sealants as appliable to materials, appliations, and onditions indiated. B. Install sealant bakings of type indiated to support sealants during appliation and at position required to produe ross-setional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement apability.. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant bakings.. Do not streth, twist, punture, or tear sealant bakings.. Remove absorbent sealant bakings that have beome wet before sealant appliation and replae them with dry materials. C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant bakings are not used between sealants and baks of joints. D. Install sealants using proven tehniques that omply with the following and at the same time bakings are installed:. Plae sealants so they diretly ontat and fully wet joint substrates.. Completely fill reesses in eah joint onfiguration.. Produe uniform, ross-setional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement apability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant appliation and before skinning or uring begins, tool sealants aording to requirements speified below to form smooth, uniform beads of onfiguration indiated; to eliminate air pokets; and to ensure ontat and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.. Remove exess sealant from surfaes adjaent to joints.. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufaturer and that do not disolor sealants or adjaent surfaes.. Provide onave joint onfiguration per Figure A in ASTM C 9, unless otherwise indiated. F. Clean off exess sealant or sealant smears adjaent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with leaning materials approved in writing by manufaturers of joint sealants and of produts in whih joints our.. JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Appliation: Exterior horizontal nontraffi, traffi, isolation and ontration joints in ast-in-plae onrete slabs.. Joint Sealant: Multiomponent pourable immersible urethane sealant. B. Joint-Sealant Appliation: Exterior vertial ontrol and expansion joints in unit masonry, between preast units, and between masonry and metals.. Joint Sealant: Single omponent silione sealant. C. Joint-Sealant Appliation: Exterior and interior perimeter joints between and frames of doors windows frames.. Joint Sealant: Single omponent silione sealant. D. Joint-Sealant Appliation: Interior joints.. Joint Sealant: Latex sealant. E. Joint-Sealant Appliation: Interior joints wet areas.. Joint Sealant: Mildew resistant silione sealant. END OF SECTION SECTION SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION. SUBMITTALS A. Shedule of Seletive Demolition Ativities: Indiate the following:. Detailed sequene of seletive demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for eah ativity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted.. Interruption of utility servies. Indiate how long utility servies will be interrupted.. Coordination for shutoff, apping, and ontinuation of utility servies. 4. Use of elevator and stairs.. Loations of proposed dust-and noise-ontrol temporary partitions and means of egress. 6. Coordination of Owner's ontinuing oupany of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial oupany of ompleted Work. 7. Means of protetion for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from building.. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions existing at time of inspetion for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as pratial. B. Notify Arhitet of disrepanies between existing onditions and Drawings before proeeding with seletive demolition. C. Hazardous Materials: It is unknown whether hazardous materials will be enountered in the Work.. If materials suspeted of ontaining hazardous materials are enountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Arhitet and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate ontrat. D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. E. Utility Servie: Maintain existing utilities indiated to remain in servie and protet them against damage during seletive demolition operations.. Maintain fire-protetion failities in servie during seletive demolition operations.. WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replae, path, and repair materials and surfaes ut or damaged during seletive demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART - PRODUCTS. EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disonneted and apped. B. Survey existing onditions and orrelate with requirements indiated to determine extent of seletive demolition required. C. When unantiipated mehanial, eletrial, or strutural elements that onflit with intended funtion or design are enountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of onflit. Promptly submit a written report to Arhitet. D. Engage a professional engineer to survey ondition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in strutural defiieny or unplanned ollapse of any portion of struture or adjaent strutures during seletive demolition operations. E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detet hazards resulting from seletive demolition ativities.. UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Servies/Systems: Maintain servies/systems indiated to remain and protet them against damage during seletive demolition operations. B. Servie/System Requirements: Loate, identify, disonnet, and seal or ap off indiated utility servies and mehanial/eletrial systems serving areas to be seletively demolished.. Arrange to shut off indiated utilities with utility ompanies.. If servies/systems are required to be removed, reloated, or abandoned, before proeeding with seletive demolition provide temporary servies/systems that bypass area of seletive demolition and that maintain ontinuity of servies/systems to other parts of building.. Cut off pipe or onduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or onduit after bypassing. a. Where entire wall is to be removed, existing servies/systems may be removed with removal of the wall.. PREPARATION A. Site Aess and Temporary Controls: Condut seletive demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interferene with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjaent oupied and used failities.. Comply with requirements for aess and protetion speified in Division 0 Setion "Temporary Failities and Controls." B. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, braing, and strutural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or ollapse of onstrution and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpeted or unontrolled movement or ollapse of onstrution being demolished.. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of seletive demolition..4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing onstrution only to the extent required by new onstrution and as indiated. Use methods required to omplete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:. Proeed with seletive demolition systematially, from higher to lower level. Complete seletive demolition operations above eah floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level.. Neatly ut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use utting methods least likely to damage onstrution to remain or adjoining onstrution. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and hopping, to minimize disturbane of adjaent surfaes. Temporarily over openings to remain.. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into onealed surfaes to avoid marring existing finished surfaes. 4. Do not use utting torhes until work area is leared of flammable materials. At onealed spaes, suh as dut and pipe interiors, verify ondition and ontents of hidden spae before starting flame-utting operations. Maintain[ fire wath and] portable fire-suppression devies during flame-utting operations.. Maintain adequate ventilation when using utting torhes. 6. Remove deayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove strutural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impat or dust generation. 8. Loate seletive demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose exessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. B. Existing Items to Remain: Protet onstrution indiated to remain against damage and soiling during seletive demolition. When permitted by Arhitet, items may be removed to a suitable, proteted storage loation during seletive demolition and leaned and reinstalled in their original loations after seletive demolition operations are omplete.. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Masonry: Demolish in small setions. Cut masonry at juntures with onstrution to remain, using power-driven saw, then remove masonry between saw uts. B. Conrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-ut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and remove. C. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor overings and adhesive aording to reommendations in RFCI-WP and its Addendum.. Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor overings by one of the methods reommended by RFCI. D. Air-Conditioning Equipment: Remove equipment without releasing refrigerants..6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. B. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them..7 CLEANING A. Clean adjaent strutures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris aused by seletive demolition operations. Return adjaent areas to ondition existing before seletive demolition operations began. END OF SECTION SECTION SHEATHING. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of proess and fatory-fabriated produt. Indiate omponent materials and dimensions and inlude onstrution and appliation details. PART - PRODUCTS. WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Plywood: Either DOC PS or DOC PS, unless otherwise indiated. B. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS. C. Thikness: As needed to omply with requirements speified, but not less than thikness indiated. D. Fatory mark panels to indiate ompliane with appliable standard.. WALL SHEATHING A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior, Strutural I sheathing.. Span Rating: Not less than 6/0.. Nominal Thikness: Not less than / inh. B. Oriented-Strand-Board Wall Sheathing: Exposure, Strutural I sheathing.. Span Rating: Not less than 4/0.. Nominal Thikness: Not less than / inh. C. Glass-Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 77/77M.. Produt: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide "Dens-Glass Gold" by G-P Gypsum Corporation.. Type and Thikness: Type X, /8 inh thik.. Size: 48 by 96 inhes for vertial installation.. FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indiated that omply with requirements speified in this Artile for material and manufature.. For roof and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zin oating omplying with ASTM A /A M and Type 04 stainless steel. B. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-7. C. Srews for Fastening Gypsum Sheathing to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Steel drill srews, in length reommended by sheathing manufaturer for thikness of sheathing board to be attahed, with organi-polymer or other orrosionprotetive oating having a salt-spray resistane of more than 800 hours aording to ASTM B 7.. For steel framing from 0.0 to 0. inh thik, attah sheathing to omply with ASTM C WEATHER-RESISTANT SHEATHING PAPER A. Building Paper: ASTM D 6, Type (No. asphalt-saturated organi felt), unperforated. B. Building Wrap: ASTM E 677, Type I air retarder, non-woven, spun-bonded, non perforated polyolefin film; with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than and 40, respetively, when tested aording to ASTM E 84; UV stabilized; and aeptable to authorities having jurisdition.. Produts: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Chemial Company (The); Styrofoam Weathermate Plus Brand Housewrap. b. DuPont (E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company); Tyvek CommerialWrap.. Ludlow Coated Produts; Barriade Building Wrap.. Water-Vapor Permeane: Not less than 0 perms when tested per ASTM E 96 Method B.. Allowable UV Exposure Time: Not less than three months. C. Building-Wrap Tape: Pressure-sensitive plasti tape reommended by building-wrap manufaturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap. D. Building Wrap Fasteners: Mehanial fasteners with plasti-ap washers spaed as reommended by building-wrap manufaturer for attahing building wrap.. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Flexible Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing produt onsisting of a pliable, rubberized-asphalt ompound, bonded to a high-density, ross-laminated polyethylene film to produe an overall thikness of not less than 0.00 inh.. Produts: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing; CCW-70-TWF Thru-Wall Flashing. b. Grae Constrution Produts, a unit of W. R. Grae & Co. - Conn.; Vyor Plus Self-Adhered Flashing.. Polyguard Produts, In.; Polyguard 00.. INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials with defets that impair quality of sheathing or piees that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstrutions of work; fit tightly against abutting onstrution, unless otherwise indiated. C. Seurely attah to substrate by fastening as indiated, omplying with the following:. NES NER-7 for power-driven fasteners.. Table 04.9., "Fastening Shedule," in ICC's "International Building Code." D. Use ommon wire nails, unless otherwise indiated. Selet fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will reeive finish materials. Make tight onnetions. Install fasteners without splitting wood. E. Coordinate wall sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequene and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through ompleted assembly. F. Do not bridge building expansion joints; ut and spae edges of panels to math spaing of strutural support elements. G. Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing so sheathing is not exposed to preipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is foreast.. GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Comply with GA- and with manufaturer's written instrutions.. Fasten gypsum sheathing to old-formed metal framing with srews.. Install boards with a /8-inh gap where non-load-bearing onstrution abuts strutural elements.. Install boards with a /4-inh gap where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wiking. B. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against fae of sheathing boards but do not ut into faing. C. Horizontal Installation: Install sheathing with V-grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlok tongue with groove to bring long edges in ontat with edges of adjaent boards without foring. Abut ends of boards over enters of studs, and stagger end joints of adjaent boards not less than one stud spaing. Attah boards at perimeter and within field of board to eah steel stud.. Spae fasteners approximately 8 inhes o.. and set bak a minimum of /8 inh from edges and ends of boards.. For sheathing under stuo ladding, boards may be initially taked in plae with srews if overlying self-furring metal lath is srew-attahed through sheathing to studs immediately after sheathing is installed. D. Vertial Installation: Install board vertial edges entered over studs. Abut ends and edges of eah board with those of adjaent boards. Attah boards at perimeter and within field of board to eah stud.. Spae fasteners approximately 8 inhes o.. and set bak a minimum of /8 inh from edges and ends of boards.. WEATHER-RESISTANT SHEATHING-PAPER INSTALLATION A. General: Cover sheathing with weather-resistant sheathing paper as follows:. Cut bak barrier / inh on eah side of the break in supporting members at expansion- or ontrol-joint loations.. Apply barrier to over vertial flashing with a minimum 4-inh overlap, unless otherwise indiated. B. Building Paper: Apply horizontally with a -inh overlap and a 6-inh end lap; fasten to sheathing with galvanized staples or roofing nails. C. Building Wrap: Cover exterior wall sheathing with building wrap as indiated with properly shingled overlap in ompliane with manufaturer s written instrutions.. Cover upstanding metal flashing with a minimum of 4 inh overlap.. Cover vertial and horizontal seams with a minimum of 6 inh overlap.. Fasten building wrap with mehanial fasteners with plasti ap washers at spaing required by manufaturer and loal authorities having jurisdition. 4. Seal seams with pressure-sensitive plasti tape as reommended by building wrap manufaturer.. Extend building wrap into jamb openings and flash with manufaturer approved flashing tape. 6. Wrap and flash terminations and penetrations in shingle fashion per manufaturer s written instrutions..4 FLEXIBLE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Apply flexible flashing where indiated to omply with manufaturers written instrutions.. Prime substrates as reommended by flashing manufaturer.. Lap seams and juntures with other materials at least 4 inhes, exept that at flashing flanges of other onstrution, laps need not exeed flange width.. Lap flashing over weather-resistant building paper at bottom and sides of openings. 4. After flashing has been applied, roll surfaes with a hard rubber or metal roller to ensure that flashing is ompletely adhered to substrates. END OF SECTION SECTION INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For high-pressure deorative laminate, adhesive for bonding plasti laminate and abinet hardware and aessories.. Inlude data for fire-retardant treatment from hemial treatment manufaturer and ertifiation by treating plant that treated materials omply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Show loation of eah item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-sale details, attahment devies, and other omponents.. Show loations and sizes of furring, bloking, and hanging strips, inluding onealed bloking and reinforement speified in other Setions.. Show loations and sizes of utouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, fauets, and other items installed in arhitetural woodwork.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabriator Qualifiations: Shop that employs skilled workers who ustom-fabriate produts similar to those required for this Projet and whose produts have a reord of suessful in-servie performane. Shop is a ertified partiipant in AWI's Quality Certifiation Program. B. Installer Qualifiations: Certified partiipant in AWI's Quality Certifiation Program. C. Soure Limitations: Engage a qualified woodworking firm to assume undivided responsibility for prodution of interior arhitetural woodwork with sequene-mathed wood veneers. D. Fire-Test-Response Charateristis: Where fire-retardant materials or produts are indiated, provide materials and produts with speified fire-test-response harateristis as determined by testing idential produts per test method indiated by UL, ITS, or another testing and inspeting ageny aeptable to authorities having jurisdition. Identify with appropriate markings of appliable testing and inspeting ageny in the form of separable paper label or, where required by authorities having jurisdition, imprint on surfaes of materials that will be onealed from view after installation.. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enlosed, wet work is omplete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between and perent during the remainder of the onstrution period. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indiated to fit to other onstrution, verify dimensions of other onstrution by field measurements before fabriation, and indiate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabriation shedule with onstrution progress to avoid delaying the Work.. Loate onealed framing, bloking, and reinforements that support woodwork by field measurements before being enlosed, and indiate measurements on Shop Drawings.. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements annot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proeed with fabriating woodwork without field measurements. Provide allowane for trimming at site, and oordinate onstrution to ensure that atual dimensions orrespond to established dimensions. PART - PRODUCTS. MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials that omply with requirements of AWI's quality standard for eah type of woodwork and quality grade speified, unless otherwise indiated. B. Wood Produts: Comply with the following:. Hardboard: AHA A.4.. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A08., Grade MD, made with binder ontaining no urea formaldehyde.. Partileboard: ANSI A08., Grade M--Exterior Glue. 4. Veneer-Faed Panel Produts (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-, made with adhesive ontaining no urea formaldehyde. C. Thermoset Deorative Panels: Partileboard or medium-density fiberboard finished with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated deorative paper omplying with LMA SAT-.. Provide PVC or polyester edge banding omplying with LMA EDG- on omponents with exposed or semiexposed edges. D. High-Pressure Deorative Laminate: NEMA LD, grades as indiated or, if not indiated, as required by woodwork quality standard.. Manufaturer: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide high-pressure deorative laminates as indiated on Drawings.. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indiated, use materials omplying with requirements in this Artile, that are aeptable to authorities having jurisdition, and with fire-test-response harateristis speified.. Do not use treated materials that do not omply with requirements of referened woodworking standard or that are warped, disolored, or otherwise defetive.. Use fire-retardant-treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affet finishes. Do not use olorants to distinguish treated materials from untreated materials.. Identify fire-retardant-treated materials with appropriate lassifiation marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Produts Inspetion, or another testing and inspeting ageny aeptable to authorities having jurisdition. B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Proess: Comply with performane requirements of AWPA C0 (lumber) and AWPA C7 (plywood). Use the following treatment type:. Exterior Type: Organi-resin-based formulation thermally set in wood by kiln drying.. ill lumber before treatment and implement speial proedures during treatment and drying proesses that prevent lumber from warping and developing disolorations from drying stiks or other auses, marring, and other defets affeting appearane of treated woodwork.. Kiln-dry materials before and after treatment to levels required for untreated materials.. CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide abinet hardware and aessory materials assoiated with arhitetural abinets, exept for items speified in Division 08 Setion "Door Hardware (Sheduled by Desribing Produts)." B. Frameless Conealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A6.9, B060, degrees of opening, self-losing. C. Bak-Mounted Pulls: BHMA A6.9, B00. D. Reessed Finger Pulls: Reessed, satin hrome finish finger pulls.. Size: As indiated on drawings. E. Cathes: Magneti athes, BHMA A6.9, B04. F. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: BHMA A6.9, B0407; with shelf rests, B0408. G. Shelf Rests: BHMA A6.9, B040; metal. H. Door Slides: Reessed, heavy duty zin-plated steel ball-bearing slides. I. Drawer Slides: BHMA A6.9, B009.. Heavy Duty (Grade HD-00 and Grade HD-00): Side mounted; full-overtravel-extension type; zin-plated steel ball-bearing slides.. Box Drawer Slides: Grade ; for drawers not more than 6 inhes high and 4 inhes wide.. File Drawer Slides: Grade HD-00; for drawers more than 6 inhes high or 4 inhes wide. J. Door Loks: BHMA A6., E07. K. Drawer Loks: BHMA A6., E0704. L. Grommets for Cable Passage through Countertops: -inh OD, blak, molded-plasti grommets and mathing plasti aps with slot for wire passage. M. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that omplies with BHMA A6.8 for BHMA finish number indiated.. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 66 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 6 for steel base. N. For onealed hardware, provide manufaturer's standard finish that omplies with produt lass requirements in BHMA A MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Furring, Bloking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln dried to less than perent moisture ontent. B. Anhors: Selet material, type, size, and finish required for eah substrate for seure anhorage. Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anhors and inserts on inside fae of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for orrosion resistane. Provide toothed-steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled-in-plae anhors. C. Adhesives, General: Do not use adhesives that ontain urea formaldehyde. D. Adhesive for Bonding Plasti Laminate: Urea formaldehyde Resorinol. w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 T: F: Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD /6/ G0 SPECIFICATIONS

4 SECTION 08 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated. Inlude onstrution details, material desriptions, ore desriptions, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Inlude the following:. Elevations of eah door design.. Details of doors, inluding vertial and horizontal edge details and metal thiknesses.. Frame details for eah frame type, inluding dimensioned profiles and metal thiknesses. 4. Loations of reinforement and preparations for hardware.. Details of eah different wall opening ondition. 6. Details of anhorages, joints, field splies, and onnetions. 7. Details of aessories. 8. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. 9. Details of onduit and preparations for power, signal, and ontrol systems.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Soure Limitations: Obtain hollow metal work from single soure from single manufaturer.. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow metal work palletized, wrapped, or rated to provide protetion during transit and Projet-site storage. Do not use nonvented plasti. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars aross bottom of frames, tak welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store hollow metal work under over at Projet site. Plae in staks of five units maximum in a vertial position with heads up, spaed by bloking, on minimum 4-inh- high wood bloking. Do not store in a manner that traps exess humidity.. Provide minimum /4-inh spae between eah staked door to permit air irulation..4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify atual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabriation.. COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anhorages for hollow metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and diretions for installing anhorages, inluding sleeves, onrete inserts, anhor bolts, and items with integral anhors. Deliver suh items to Projet site in time for installation. PART - PRODUCTS. MANUFACTURERS A. Manufaturers: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts by one of the following: B. Standard Hollow Metal Doors:. Ceo Door Produts; an Assa Abloy Group ompany.. Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group ompany.. Fleming Door Produts Ltd.; an Assa Abloy Group ompany. 4. Mesker Door In.. Steelraft; an Ingersoll-Rand ompany. C. Lead Lined Hollow Metal Doors:. Karpen Steel.. Stiles Custom Metal, In.. MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 008/A 008M, Commerial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed appliations. B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 0/A 0M, Commerial Steel (CS), Type B; free of sale, pitting, or surfae defets; pikled and oiled. C. Metalli-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 6/A 6M, Commerial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 or A60 metalli oating. D. Frame Anhors: ASTM A 9/A 9M, Commerial Steel (CS), 40Z oating designation; mill phosphatized.. For anhors built into exterior walls, steel sheet omplying with ASTM A 008/A 008M or ASTM A 0/A 0M, hot-dip galvanized aording to ASTM A /A M, Class B. E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized aording to ASTM A /A M. F. Grout: ASTM C 476, exept with a maximum slump of 4 inhes, as measured aording to ASTM C 4/C 4M. G. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 66, Type I (blankets without membrane faing); onsisting of fibers manufatured from slag or rok wool with 6- to -lb/u. ft. density; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-development indexes of and 0, respetively; passing ASTM E 6 for ombustion harateristis. H. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Division 08 Setion "Glazing." I. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt masti, SSPC-Paint, ompounded for -mil dry film thikness per oat. Provide inert-type nonorrosive ompound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur omponents, and other deleterious impurities. J. Lead Lining: ASTM B749-0, Thikness; /6 inh.. STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. General: Provide doors of design indiated, not less than thikness indiated; fabriated with smooth surfaes, without visible joints or seams on exposed faes unless otherwise indiated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A0.8.. Design: Flush panel.. Core Constrution: Manufaturer's standard kraft-paper honeyomb, polystyrene, polyurethane, polyisoyanurate, mineral-board, or vertial steel-stiffener ore. a. Thermal-Rated (Insulated) Doors: Where indiated, provide doors fabriated with thermal-resistane value (R-value) of not less than 6.0 deg F x h x sq. ft./btu when tested aording to ASTM C 6. ) Loations: Exterior doors.. Vertial Edges for Single-Ating Doors: Manufaturer's standard. 4. Vertial Edges for Double-Ating Doors: Round vertial edges with -/8-inh radius.. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.04-inh- thik, end losures or hannels of same material as fae sheets. 6. Toleranes: Comply with SDI 7, "Manufaturing Toleranes for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." B. Exterior Doors: Fae sheets fabriated from metalli-oated steel sheet. Provide doors omplying with requirements indiated below by referening ANSI/SDI A0.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A0.4 for physial performane level:. Level and Physial Performane Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model (Full Flush). C. Interior Doors: Fae sheets fabriated from old-rolled steel sheet unless metalli-oated sheet is indiated. Provide doors omplying with requirements indiated below by referening ANSI/SDI A0.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A0.4 for physial performane level:. Level and Physial Performane Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model (Full Flush). D. Hardware Reinforement: Fabriate aording to ANSI/SDI A0.6 with reinforing plates from same material as door fae sheets. E. Fabriate onealed stiffeners and hardware reinforement from either old- or hot-rolled steel sheet..4 LEAD LINED HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. General: Provide doors of design indiated, not less than thikness indiated; fabriated with smooth surfaes, without visible joints or seams on exposed faes unless otherwise indiated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A0.8.. Design: Flush panel.. Core Constrution: Manufaturer's standard kraft-paper honeyomb, polystyrene, polyurethane, polyisoyanurate, mineral-board, or vertial steel-stiffener ore with lead lining. a. Thermal-Rated (Insulated) Doors: Where indiated, provide doors fabriated with thermal-resistane value (R-value) of not less than 6.0 deg F x h x sq. ft./btu when tested aording to ASTM C 6. ) Loations: Interior doors.. Vertial Edges for Single-Ating Doors: Manufaturer's standard. 4. Vertial Edges for Double-Ating Doors: Round vertial edges with -/8-inh radius.. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.04-inh- thik, end losures or hannels of same material as fae sheets. 6. Toleranes: Comply with SDI 7, "Manufaturing Toleranes for Standard Steel Doors and Frames.". STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A0.8 and with details indiated for type and profile. B. Exterior Frames: Fabriated from metalli-oated steel sheet.. Fabriate frames with mitered or oped orners.. Fabriate frames as knoked down unless otherwise indiated.. Frames for Level Steel Doors: 0.0-inh- thik steel sheet. C. Interior Frames: Fabriated from old-rolled steel sheet unless metalli-oated sheet is indiated.. Fabriate frames with mitered or oped orners.. Fabriate frames as knoked down unless otherwise indiated.. Fabriate knoked-down, drywall slip-on frames for in-plae gypsum board partitions. 4. Frames for Level Steel Doors: 0.0-inh- thik steel sheet.. Frames for Wood Doors: 0.0-inh- thik steel sheet. 6. Frames for Borrowed Lights: 0.0-inh- thik steel sheet. D. Hardware Reinforement: Fabriate aording to ANSI/SDI A0.6 with reinforement plates from same material as frames..6 LEAD LINED HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A0.8 and with details indiated for type and profile. B. Interior Frames: Fabriated from old-rolled steel sheet unless metalli-oated sheet is indiated with lead lining.. Fabriate frames with mitered or oped orners.. Fabriate frames as knoked down unless otherwise indiated.. Fabriate knoked-down, drywall slip-on frames for in-plae gypsum board partitions. 4. Frames for Level Steel Doors: 0.0-inh- thik steel sheet.. Frames for Wood Doors: 0.0-inh- thik steel sheet. 6. Frames for Borrowed Lights: 0.0-inh- thik steel sheet. C. Hardware Reinforement: Fabriate aording to ANSI/SDI A0.6 with reinforement plates from same material as frames..7 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anhors:. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anhors to suit frame size, not less than 0.04 inh thik, with orrugated or perforated straps not less than inhes wide by 0 inhes long; or wire anhors not less than 0.77 inh thik.. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to bak of frames; not less than 0.04 inh thik.. Compression Type for Drywall Slip-on Frames: Adjustable ompression anhors. 4. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Plae Conrete or Masonry: Minimum /8-inh- diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spaer from frame to wall, with throat reinforement plate, welded to frame at eah anhor loation. B. Floor Anhors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.04 inh thik, and as follows:. Monolithi Conrete Slabs: Clip-type anhors, with two holes to reeive fasteners.. Separate Topping Conrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anhors with extension lips, allowing not less than -inh height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surfae..8 STOPS AND MOLDINGS A. Moldings for Glazed Lites in Doors: Minimum 0.0 inh thik, fabriated from same material as door fae sheet in whih they are installed. B. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with hollow metal frames, a minimum of /8 inh high unless otherwise indiated..9 LOUVERS A. Provide louvers for interior doors, where indiated, that omply with SDI C, with blades or baffles formed of 0.00-inh- thik, old-rolled steel sheet set into 0.0-inh- thik steel frame.. Sightproof Louver: Stationary louvers onstruted with inverted V-shaped or Y-shaped blades.. Lightproof Louver: Stationary louvers onstruted with baffles to prevent light from passing from one side to the other, any angle..0 ACCESSORIES A. Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjaent members by welding or rigid mehanial anhors. B. Ceiling Struts: Minimum /4-inh-thik by -inh- wide steel. C. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.06 inh thik.. FABRICATION A. Fabriate hollow metal work to be rigid and free of defets, warp, or bukle. Aurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thikness of metal. Where pratial, fit and assemble units in manufaturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Projet site, learly identify work that annot be permanently fatory assembled before shipment. B. Toleranes: Fabriate hollow metal work to toleranes indiated in SDI 7. C. Hollow Metal Doors:. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to esape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration.. Glazed Lites: Fatory ut openings in doors. D. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabriated in setions due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at eah joint, fabriated of same thikness metal as frames.. Welded Frames: Weld flush fae joints ontinuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible.. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide losed tubular members with no visible fae seams or joints, fabriated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at rossings and to jambs by butt welding.. Provide ountersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed srews and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indiated. 4. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at bak of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted.. Floor Anhors: Weld anhors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anhor. 6. Jamb Anhors: Provide number and spaing of anhors as follows: a. Masonry Type: Loate anhors not more than 8 inhes from top and bottom of frame. Spae anhors not more than inhes o.. and as follows: ) Three anhors per jamb from 60 to 90 inhes high. ) Four anhors per jamb from 90 to 0 inhes high. ) Four anhors per jamb plus additional anhor per jamb for eah 4 inhes or fration thereof above 0 inhes high. b. Stud-Wall Type: Loate anhors not more than 8 inhes from top and bottom of frame. Spae anhors not more than inhes o.. and as follows: ) Four anhors per jamb from 60 to 90 inhes high. ) Five anhors per jamb from 90 to 96 inhes high. ) Five anhors per jamb plus additional anhor per jamb for eah 4 inhes or fration thereof above 96 inhes high. 4) Two anhors per head for frames above 4 inhes wide and mounted in metal-stud partitions.. Compression Type: Not less than two anhors in eah jamb. d. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Loate anhors not more than 6 inhes from top and bottom of frame. Spae anhors not more than 6 inhes o.. 7. Door Sileners: Exept on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to reeive door sileners as follows. Keep holes lear during onstrution. a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to reeive three door sileners. b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to reeive two door sileners. E. Fabriate onealed stiffeners, edge hannels, and hardware reinforement from either old- or hot-rolled steel sheet. F. Hardware Preparation: Fatory prepare hollow metal work to reeive templated mortised hardware; inlude utouts, reinforement, mortising, drilling, and tapping aording to the Door Hardware Shedule and templates furnished as speified in Division 08 Setion "Door Hardware.". Loate hardware as indiated, or if not indiated, aording to ANSI/SDI A0.8.. Reinfore doors and frames to reeive nontemplated, mortised and surfae-mounted door hardware.. Comply with appliable requirements in ANSI/SDI A0.6 and ANSI/DHI A Series speifiations for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. G. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indiated. Form orners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints.. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on seure side of hollow metal work.. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that eah glazed lite is apable of being removed independently.. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on seure side of interior doors and frames. 4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow metal work.. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing and type of installation indiated.. STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Apply manufaturer's standard primer immediately after leaning and pretreating to non-galvannealed steel doors.. Shop Primer: Manufaturer's standard, fast-uring, lead- and hromate-free primer omplying with ANSI/SDI A0.0 aeptane riteria; reommended by primer manufaturer for substrate; ompatible with substrate and fieldapplied oatings despite prolonged exposure.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and onditions, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements for installation toleranes and other onditions affeting performane of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anhors to verify atual loations before frame installation. C. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at fatory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faes. B. Prior to installation, adjust and seurely brae welded hollow metal frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumbness to the following toleranes:. Squareness: Plus or minus /6 inh, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendiular to frame head.. Alignment: Plus or minus /6 inh, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall.. Twist: Plus or minus /6 inh, measured at opposite fae orners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendiular to plane of wall. 4. Plumbness: Plus or minus /6 inh, measured at jambs on a perpendiular line from head to floor. C. Drill and tap doors and frames to reeive nontemplated, mortised, and surfae-mounted door hardware.. INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and seurely fastened in plae; omply with Drawings and manufaturer's written instrutions. B. Hollow Metal Frames: Install hollow metal frames of size and profile indiated. Comply with ANSI/SDI A0.. C. Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors aurately in frames, within learanes speified below. Shim as neessary.. Non-Fire-Rated Standard Steel Doors: a. Jambs and Head: /8 inh plus or minus /6 inh. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: /8 inh plus or minus /6 inh.. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum /8 inh. d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold): Maximum /4 inh. D. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 08 Setion "Glazing" and with hollow metal manufaturer's written instrutions.. Seure stops with ountersunk flat- or oval-head mahine srews spaed uniformly not more than 9 inhes o.. and not more than inhes o.. from eah orner..4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Chek and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspetion. Leave work in omplete and proper operating ondition. Remove and replae defetive work, inluding hollow metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unaeptable. B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow metal work immediately after installation. C. Prime-Coat Touhup: Immediately after eretion, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime oat and apply touhup of ompatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer. D. Metalli-Coated Surfaes: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint aording to manufaturer's written instrutions. END OF SECTION 08 SECTION FLUSH WOOD DOORS. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of door indiated. Inlude details of ore and edge onstrution, louvers, and trim for openings. Inlude fatory-finishing speifiations. B. Shop Drawings: Indiate loation, size, and hand of eah door; elevation of eah kind of door; onstrution details not overed in Produt Data; loation and extent of hardware bloking; and other pertinent data.. Indiate dimensions and loations of mortises and holes for hardware.. Indiate dimensions and loations of utouts.. Indiate requirements for veneer mathing. 4. Indiate doors to be fatory finished and finish requirements.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Soure Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors from single manufaturer. B. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements speified, omply with AWI's "Arhitetural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated.". DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referened standard and manufaturer's written instrutions..4 WARRANTY A. Speial Warranty: Manufaturer's standard form in whih manufaturer agrees to repair or replae doors that fail in materials or workmanship within speified warranty period.. Failures inlude, but are not limited to, the following: a. Warping (bow, up, or twist) more than /4 inh in a 4-by-84-inh setion. b. Telegraphing of ore onstrution in fae veneers exeeding 0.0 inh in a -inh span.. Warranty Period for Solid-Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART - PRODUCTS. MANUFACTURERS A. Manufaturers: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts by one of the following:. Eggers Industries.. Graham; an Assa Abloy Group ompany.. Marshfield Door Systems, In. 4. Mohawk Flush Doors, In.; a Masonite ompany.. Oshkosh Arhitetural Door Company. 6. VT Industries In.. DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. Partileboard-Core Doors:. Partileboard: ANSI A08., Grade LD-.. Provide doors with either glued-wood-stave or strutural-omposite-lumber ores instead of partileboard ores for doors indiated to reeive exit devies.. Provide lead lined doors at areas indiated. B. Fire-Protetion-Rated Doors: Provide ore speified or mineral ore as needed to provide fire-protetion rating indiated.. Edge Constrution: Provide edge onstrution with intumesent seals onealed by outer stile. Comply with speified requirements for exposed edges.. Pairs: Provide fire-retardant stiles that are listed and labeled for appliations indiated without formed-steel edges and astragals. Provide stiles with onealed intumesent seals. Comply with speified requirements for exposed edges. a. Finish steel edges and astragals with baked enamel same olor as doors.. DOORS FOR OPAQUE FINISH A. Interior Solid-Core Doors:. Grade: Custom.. Faes: Medium-density overlay. a. Apply medium-density overlay to standard-thikness, losed-grain, hardwood fae veneers.. Exposed Vertial and Top Edges: Any losed-grain hardwood. 4. Core: Partileboard.. Speialty Cove: Lead lined ore at doors, loations indiated. 6. Constrution: Five or seven plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to ore, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering..4 LOUVERS AND LIGHT FRAMES A. Metal Louvers:. Blade Type: Vision-proof, inverted V.. Metal and Finish: Hot-dip galvanized steel, inh thik, with baked-enamel- or powder-oated finish. B. Wood Beads for Light Openings in Wood Doors: Provide manufaturer's standard wood beads as follows unless otherwise indiated.. Wood Speies: Same speies as door faes.. FABRICATION A. Fatory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indiated. Comply with learane requirements of referened quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indiated.. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. B. Fatory mahine doors for hardware that is not surfae applied. Loate hardware to omply with DHI-WDHS-. Comply with final hardware shedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A-W series standards, and hardware templates.. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before fatory mahining.. Metal Astragals: Fatory mahine astragals and formed-steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire-rated doors. C. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors in fatory.. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indiated.. Glazing: Fatory install glazing in doors indiated to be fatory finished. Comply with appliable requirements in Division 08 Setion "Glazing.". Louvers: Fatory install louvers in prepared openings..6 SHOP PRIMING A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime doors with one oat of wood primer speified in Division 09 Setion "Painting". Seal all four edges, edges of utouts, and mortises with primer.. EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors.. Verify that frames omply with indiated requirements for type, size, loation, and swing harateristis and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.. Rejet doors with defets. B. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 08 Setion "Door Hardware." B. Installation Instrutions: Install doors to omply with manufaturer's written instrutions and the referened quality standard, and as indiated. C. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform learanes and bevels as indiated below; do not trim stiles and rails in exess of limits set by manufaturer or permitted for fire-rated doors. Mahine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors, edges of utouts, and mortises after fitting and mahining.. Clearanes: Provide /8 inh at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide /8 inh from bottom of door to top of deorative floor finish or overing unless otherwise indiated. Where threshold is shown or sheduled, provide /4 inh from bottom of door to top of threshold unless otherwise indiated. a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.. Bevel non-fire-rated doors /8 inh in inhes at lok and hinge edges. D. Fatory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames. for uniform learane at eah edge.. ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replae doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replae doors that are damaged or that do not omply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work omplies with requirements and shows no evidene of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION SECTION 08 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of aess door and frame indiated. Inlude onstrution details, materials, individual omponents and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabriation and installation details of aess doors and frames for eah type of substrate. Inlude plans, elevations, setions, details, and attahments to other work. PART - PRODUCTS. STEEL MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 6/A 6M.. ASTM A /A M, for galvanizing steel and iron produts.. ASTM A /A M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate omplying with ASTM A 6/A 6M or ASTM A 8/A 8M, Grade C or D.. ASTM A /A M, for galvanizing steel and iron produts. ASTM A /A M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. C. Steel Sheet: Unoated, old-rolled steel sheet substrate omplying with ASTM A 008/A 008M, Commerial Steel (CS), exposed. D. Steel Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Arhitetural and Metal Produts" for reommendations for applying and designating finishes.. Surfae Preparation for Steel Sheet: Clean surfaes to omply with SSPC-SP, "Solvent Cleaning," to remove dirt, oil, grease, or other ontaminants that ould impair paint bond. Remove mill sale and rust, if present, from unoated steel, omplying with SSPC-SP /NACE No., "White Metal Blast Cleaning," or SSPC-SP 8, "Pikling.". Fatory-Primed Finish: Apply shop primer immediately after leaning and pretreating.. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS A. Manufaturers: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts by one of the following:. Audor Produts, In.. Babok-Davis; A Cierra Produts Co.. The Bilo Company. 4. J. L. Industries, In.. Karp Assoiates, In. 6. Milor In. 7. Nystrom, In. B. Flush Aess Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: Fabriated from steel sheet.. Loations: Wall and eiling surfaes.. Door: Minimum inh- thik sheet metal, set flush with exposed fae flange of frame.. Frame: Minimum inh- thik sheet metal with -inh- wide, surfae-mounted trim. 4. Hinges: Spring-loaded, onealed-pin type.. Lath: Cam lath operated by srewdriver with interior release. 6. Lok: Cylinder.. FABRICATION A. General: Provide aess door and frame assemblies manufatured as integral units ready for installation. B. Metal Surfaes: For metal surfaes exposed to view in the ompleted Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaes without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjaent surfaes. Furnish attahment devies and fasteners of type required to seure aess panels to types of supports indiated.. Exposed Flanges: As indiated. D. Lathing Mehanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when losed.. For ylinder lok, furnish two keys per lok and key all loks alike.. INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufaturer's written instrutions for installing aess doors and frames. B. Set frames aurately in position and attah seurely to supports with plane of fae panels aligned with adjaent finish surfaes. C. Install doors flush with adjaent finish surfaes or reessed to reeive finish material.. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation. B. Remove and replae doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION 08 SECTION DOOR HARDWARE. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: Inlude installation details, material desriptions, dimensions of individual omponents and profiles, and finishes. B. Door Hardware Shedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabriation and assembly of door hardware, as well as proedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Shedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thikness, hand, funtion, and finish of door hardware. C. Keying Shedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instrutions for loks. Inlude shemati keying diagram and index eah key set to unique door designations. D. Warranties: Speial warranties speified in this Setion.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifiations: An experiened installer who has ompleted door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indiated for this Projet and whose work has resulted in onstrution with a reord of suessful in-servie performane. B. Standards: Comply with BHMA A 6 series standards, Grade, unless otherwise indiated by manufaturer designations. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following:. Where indiated to omply with aessibility requirements, omply with Amerians with Disabilities At (ADA), "Aessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Failities (ADAAG)," and/or ANSI A7., as follows: a. Handles, Pulls, Lathes, Loks, and other Operating Devies: Shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinhing, or twisting of the wrist. b. Door Closers: Comply with the following maximum opening-fore requirements indiated: ) Interior Hinged Doors: lbf applied perpendiular to door. ) Fire Doors: Minimum opening fore allowable by authorities having jurisdition.. Thresholds: Not more than / inh high. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than :.. NFPA 0: Comply with the following for means of egress doors: a. Lathes, Loks, and Exit Devies: Not more than lbf to release the lath. Loks shall not require the use of a key, tool, or speial knowledge for operation. b. Door Closers: Not more than 0 lbf to set door in motion and not more than lbf to open door to minimum required width.. Thresholds: Not more than / inh high. D. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door hardware for assemblies omplying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspeting ageny aeptable to authorities having jurisdition, for fire ratings indiated, based on testing aording to NFPA.. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheri pressure. PART - PRODUCTS. DOOR HARDWARE A. Sheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware aording to door hardware sets indiated at on the drawings. Manufaturers' names are abbreviated.. FABRICATION A. Base Metals: Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of speified door hardware units and BHMA A6.8 for finishes. Do not furnish manufaturer's standard materials if different from speified standard. B. Fasteners: Phillips flat-head srews with finished heads to math surfae of door hardware, unless otherwise indiated. Provide steel mahine or wood srews or steel through bolts for fire-rated appliations. C. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements of DHI WDHS., "Reommended Fasteners for Wood Doors." D. Finishes: Comply with BHMA A6.8 with base material and finish requirements indiated by the following:. BHMA 66: Satin hromium plated over nikel, over brass or bronze base metal.. INSTALLATION A. Examine doors and frames for ompliane with requirements for installation toleranes, labeled fire door assembly onstrution, wall and floor onstrution, and other onditions affeting performane. Examine roughing-in for eletrial power systems to verify atual loations of wiring onnetions before eletrified door hardware installation. B. Steel Door and Frame Preparation: Comply with DHI A series. Drill and tap doors and frames for surfae-applied hardware aording to SDI 07. C. Wood Door Preparation: Comply with DHI A-W series. D. Adjust and reinfore attahment substrates as neessary for proper installation and operation. Drill and ountersink units that are not fatory prepared for anhorage fasteners. Spae fasteners and anhors aording to industry standards. E. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and aoustial doors in full bed of sealant omplying with requirements speified in Division 07 Setion "Joint Sealants.". ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and hek eah operating item of door hardware and eah door to ensure proper operation or funtion of every unit. Replae units that annot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door ontrol devies to ompensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to omply with referened aessibility requirements.. Spring Hinges: Adjust to ahieve positive lathing when door is allowed to lose freely from an open position of 0 degrees.. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least seonds to move to a point inhes from the lath, measured to the leading edge of the door. B. Six-Month Adjustment: Approximately six months after date of Substantial Completion, Installer shall perform the following:. Examine and readjust eah item of door hardware as neessary to ensure funtion of doors, door hardware, and eletrified door hardware.. Consult with and instrut Owner's personnel on reommended maintenane proedures.. Replae door hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of door hardware units.. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjaent surfaes soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as neessary to restore proper funtion and finish. C. Provide final protetion and maintain onditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion..4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspetions: Owner will engage a qualified independent Arhitetural Hardware Consultant to perform inspetions and to prepare inspetion reports. END OF SECTION 08 7 SECTION GLAZING. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems apable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind and impat loads (where appliable) without failure, inluding loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defetive manufature, fabriation, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defets in onstrution. B. Glass Design: Glass thikness designations indiated are minimums and are for detailing only. Confirm glass thiknesses by analyzing Projet loads and in-servie onditions. Provide glass lites in the thikness designations indiated for various size openings, but not less than thiknesses and in strengths (annealed or heat treated) required to meet or exeed the following riteria:. Glass Thiknesses: Selet minimum glass thiknesses to omply with ASTM E 00, aording to the following requirements: a. Speified Design Wind Loads: As indiated.. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah glass produt and glazing material indiated. B. Glazing Shedule: Use same designations indiated on Drawings for glazed openings in preparing a shedule listing glass types and thiknesses for eah size opening and loation.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifiations: An experiened installer who has ompleted glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indiated for this Projet; whose work has resulted in glass installations with a reord of suessful in-servie performane; and who employs glass installers for this Projet who are ertified under the National Glass Assoiation's Certified Glass Installer Program. B. Preonstrution Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Submit to elastomeri glazing sealant manufaturers, for testing indiated below, samples of eah glazing material type, tape sealant, gasket, glazing aessory, and glass-framing member that will ontat or affet elastomeri glazing sealants:. Use ASTM C 087 to determine whether priming and other speifi joint preparation tehniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of glazing sealants to glass, tape sealants, gaskets, and glazing hannel substrates.. Submit not fewer than five piees of eah type of material, inluding joint substrates, shims, joint-sealant bakings, seondary seals, and misellaneous materials.. Shedule suffiient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 4. For materials failing tests, obtain sealant manufaturer's written instrutions for orretive measures, inluding the use of speially formulated primers..4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protet glazing materials aording to manufaturer's written instrutions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from ondensation, temperature hanges, diret exposure to sun, or other auses. B. For insulating-glass units that will be exposed to substantial altitude hanges, omply with insulating-glass manufaturer's written reommendations for venting and sealing to avoid hermeti seal ruptures.. WARRANTY A. Manufaturer's Speial Warranty for Coated-Glass Produts: Manufaturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by oated-glass manufaturer agreeing to replae oated-glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" Artile, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Projet site, within speified warranty period indiated below.. Warranty Period: 0 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART - PRODUCTS. GLASS PRODUCTS A. Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 06, Type I (transparent flat glass), Quality-Q; of lass indiated.. Type: Aid-ethed glass.. Thikness: /-inh.. Pattern: As seleted by Arhitet. B. Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 048; Type I (transparent flat glass); Quality-Q; of lass, kind, and ondition indiated.. Fabriation Proess: By horizontal (roller-hearth) proess with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed, unless otherwise indiated.. Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) float glass in plae of annealed float glass where needed to resist thermal stresses indued by differential shading of individual glass lites and to omply with glass design requirements speified in Part "Performane Requirements" Artile.. For oated vision glass, omply with requirements for Condition C (other unoated glass). 4. Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) float glass in plae of annealed. C. Sputter-Coated Float Glass: ASTM C 76, float glass with metalli-oxide or -nitride oating deposited by vauum deposition proess after manufature and heat treatment (if any), and omplying with other requirements speified. D. Film Faed Glass Units, General: Field applied film faed glass,. mils thik. Produt as indiated on drawings.. GLAZING GASKETS A. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of material indiated below, omplying with standards referened with name of elastomer indiated below, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal:. Neoprene, ASTM C EPDM, ASTM C Silione, ASTM C. 4. Thermoplasti polyolefin rubber, ASTM C.. Any material indiated above. B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded, losed-ell, integral-skinned gaskets of material indiated below; omplying with ASTM C 09, Type II, blak; and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal:. Neoprene.. EPDM.. Silione. 4. Thermoplasti polyolefin rubber.. Any material indiated above.. GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: Provide produts of type indiated, omplying with the following requirements:. Compatibility: Selet glazing sealants that are ompatible with one another and with other materials they will ontat, inluding glass produts, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing hannel substrates, under onditions of servie and appliation, as demonstrated by sealant manufaturer based on testing and field experiene.. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufaturers' written instrutions for seleting glazing sealants suitable for appliations indiated and for onditions existing at time of installation.. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As seleted by Arhitet from manufaturer's full range..4 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide produts of material, size, and shape omplying with referened glazing standard, requirements of manufaturers of glass and other glazing materials for appliation indiated, and with a proven reord of ompatibility with surfaes ontated in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types reommended by sealant or gasket manufaturer. C. Setting Bloks: Elastomeri material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 8, plus or minus. D. Spaers: Elastomeri bloks or ontinuous extrusions with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness required by glass manufaturer to maintain glass lites in plae for installation indiated. E. Edge Bloks: Elastomeri material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking).. FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabriate glazing units in sizes required to glaze openings indiated for Projet, with edge and fae learanes, edge and surfae onditions, and bite omplying with written instrutions of produt manufaturer and referened glazing publiations, to omply with system performane requirements. B. Clean-ut or flat-grind vertial edges of butt-glazed monolithi lites in a manner that produes square edges with slight kerfs at juntions with outdoor and indoor faes. C. Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges and orners..6 MONOLITHIC FLOAT-GLASS UNITS A. Unoated Clear Float-Glass Units: Class (lear) ultra-lear (low-iron) float glass, Kind FT (fully tempered) float glass.. Thikness: 6.0 mm.. EXAMINATION A. Examine framing glazing, with Installer present, for ompliane with the following:. Manufaturing and installation toleranes, inluding those for size, squareness, and offsets at orners.. Presene and funtioning of weep system.. Minimum required fae or edge learanes. 4. Effetive sealing between joints of glass-framing members. B. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Clean glazing hannels and other framing members reeiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove oatings not firmly bonded to substrates.. GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with ombined written instrutions of manufaturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indiated, inluding those in referened glazing publiations. B. Glazing hannel dimensions, as indiated on Drawings, provide neessary bite on glass, minimum edge and fae learanes, and adequate sealant thiknesses, with reasonable toleranes. Adjust as required by Projet onditions during installation. C. Protet glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Projet site and legally dispose of off Projet site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfetions that, when installed, ould weaken glass and impair performane and appearane. D. Apply primers to joint surfaes where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preonstrution sealant-substrate testing. E. Install setting bloks in sill rabbets, sized and loated to omply with referened glazing publiations, unless otherwise required by glass manufaturer. Set bloks in thin ourse of ompatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exeed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufaturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spaers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 0 inhes as follows:. Loate spaers diretly opposite eah other on both inside and outside faes of glass. Install orret size and spaing to preserve required fae learanes, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required fae learanes and to omply with system performane requirements.. Provide /8-inh minimum bite of spaers on glass and use thikness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thikness slightly less than final ompressed thikness of tape. H. Provide edge bloking where indiated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing hannel, as reommended in writing by glass manufaturer and aording to requirements in referened glazing publiations. I. Set glass lites in eah series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar harateristis. J. Square ut wedge-shaped gaskets at orners and install gaskets in a manner reommended by gasket manufaturer to prevent orners from pulling away; seal orner joints and butt joints with sealant reommended by gasket manufaturer..4 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Fabriate ompression gaskets in lengths reommended by gasket manufaturer to fit openings exatly, with allowane for streth during installation. B. Insert soft ompression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is seurely in plae with joints miter ut and bonded together at orners. C. Center glass lites in openings on setting bloks and press firmly against soft ompression gasket by inserting dense ompression gaskets formed and installed to lok in plae against faes of removable stops. Start gasket appliations at orners and work toward enters of openings. Compress gaskets to produe a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant reommended by gasket manufaturer. D. Install gaskets so they protrude past fae of glazing stops.. SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install ontinuous spaers, or spaers ombined with ylindrial sealant baking, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass fae learanes and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass hannel and bloking weep systems until sealants ure. Seure spaers or spaers and bakings in plae and in position to ontrol depth of installed sealant relative to edge learane for optimum sealant performane. B. Fore sealants into glazing hannels to eliminate voids and to ensure omplete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and hannel surfaes. C. Tool exposed surfaes of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass..6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protet exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attahing rossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surfae. Remove nonpermanent labels, and lean surfaes. B. Protet glass from ontat with ontaminating substanes resulting from onstrution operations, inluding weld splatter. If, despite suh protetion, ontaminating substanes do ome into ontat with glass, remove substanes immediately as reommended by glass manufaturer. C. Examine glass surfaes adjaent to or below exterior onrete and other masonry surfaes at frequent intervals during onstrution, but not less than one a month, for buildup of dirt, sum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as reommended in writing by glass manufaturer. D. Remove and replae glass that is broken, hipped, raked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural auses, aidents, and vandalism, during onstrution period. E. Wash glass on both exposed surfaes in eah area of Projet not more than four days before date sheduled for inspetions that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as reommended in writing by glass manufaturer. END OF SECTION SECTION MIRRORS. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated.. Mirrors. Inlude desription of materials and proess used to produe eah type of silvered flat glass mirror speified that indiates soures of glass, glass oating omponents, edge sealer, and quality-ontrol provisions. B. Shop Drawings: Inlude mirror elevations, edge details, mirror hardware, and attahments to other work.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifiations: A qualified installer who employs glass installers for this Projet who are ertified under the National Glass Assoiation's Certified Glass Installer Program. B. Glazing Publiations: Comply with the following published reommendations:. GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indiated. Refer to this publiation for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Setion or in referened standards.. GANA Mirror Division's "Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Care: Tips for the Professional on the Care and Handling of Mirrors.". WARRANTY A. Speial Warranty: Manufaturer's standard form in whih mirror manufaturer agrees to replae mirrors that deteriorate within speified warranty period. Deterioration of mirrors is defined as defets developed from normal use that are not attributed to mirror breakage or to maintaining and leaning mirrors ontrary to manufaturer's written instrutions. Defets inlude disoloration, blak spots, and louding of the silver film.. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART - PRODUCTS. SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRRORS A. Glass Mirrors, General: ASTM C 0; manufatured using opper-free, low-lead mirror oating proess. B. Clear Glass: Mirror Glazing Quality.. Nominal Thikness: As indiated.. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Setting Bloks: Elastomeri material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 8, plus or minus. B. Edge Sealer: Coating ompatible with glass oating and approved by mirror manufaturer for use in proteting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges. C. Mirror Masti: An adhesive setting ompound, asbestos-free, produed speifially for setting mirrors and ertified by both mirror manufaturer and masti manufaturer as ompatible with glass oating and substrates on whih mirrors will be installed.. MIRROR HARDWARE A. Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Aluminum extrusions with a return deep enough to produe a glazing hannel to aommodate mirrors of thikness indiated and in lengths required to over bottom and top edges of eah mirror in a single piee.. Bottom Trim: J-hannels formed with front leg and bak leg not less than /8 and 7/8 inh in height, respetively, and a thikness of not less than 0.04 inh.. Top Trim: J-hannels formed with front leg and bak leg not less than /8 and inh in height, respetively, and a thikness of not less than 0.04 inh.. Finish: Clear bright anodized. B. Fasteners: Fabriated of same basi metal and alloy as fastened metal and mathing it in finished olor and texture where fasteners are exposed..4 FABRICATION A. Mirror Sizes: To suit Projet onditions, ut mirrors to final sizes and shapes. B. Cutouts: Fabriate utouts for nothes and holes in mirrors without marring visible surfaes. Loate and size utouts so they fit losely around penetrations in mirrors. C. Mirror Edge Treatment: Rounded polished.. Seal edges of mirrors with edge sealer after edge treatment to prevent hemial or atmospheri penetration of glass oating.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, over whih mirrors are to be mounted, with Installer present, for ompliane with installation toleranes, substrate preparation, and other onditions affeting performane of the Work. B. Verify ompatibility with and suitability of substrates, inluding ompatibility of mirror masti with existing finishes or primers. C. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted and surfaes are dry.. PREPARATION A. Comply with masti manufaturer's written installation instrutions for preparation of substrates, inluding oating substrates with masti manufaturer's speial bond oating where appliable.. INSTALLATION A. General: Install mirrors to omply with mirror manufaturer's written instrutions and with referened GANA publiations. Mount mirrors aurately in plae in a manner that avoids distorting refleted images. B. Provide a minimum air spae of /8 inh between bak of mirrors and mounting surfae for air irulation between bak of mirrors and fae of mounting surfae. C. Wall-Mounted Mirrors: Install mirrors with mirror hardware. Attah mirror hardware seurely to mounting surfaes with mehanial fasteners installed with anhors or inserts as appliable. Install fasteners so heads do not impose point loads on baks of mirrors.. Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Provide setting bloks /8 inh thik by 4 inhes long at quarter points. To prevent trapping water, provide, between setting bloks, two slotted weeps not less than /4 inh wide by /8 inh long at bottom hannel..4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protet mirrors from breakage and ontaminating substanes resulting from onstrution operations. B. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water. C. Maintain environmental onditions that will prevent mirrors from being exposed to moisture from ondensation or other soures for ontinuous periods of time. D. Wash exposed surfae of mirrors not more than four days before date sheduled for inspetions that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash mirrors as reommended in writing by mirror manufaturer. END OF SECTION SECTION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Charateristis: For fire-resistane-rated assemblies that inorporate non-load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and onstrution idential to those tested in assembly indiated aording to ASTM E 9 by an independent testing ageny. PART - PRODUCTS. NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 74 for onditions indiated.. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 64 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indiated.. Protetive Coating: ASTM A 6/A 6M, G60, hot-dip galvanized, unless otherwise indiated.. SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 64/A 64M, Class zin oating, soft temper, 0.06-inh- diameter wire, or double strand of inh- diameter wire. B. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 64/A 64M, Class zin oating, soft temper, 0.6-inh diameter. C. Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, in size indiated on Drawings. D. Furring Channels (Furring Members):. Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.08-inh bare-steel thikness, with minimum /-inh- wide flanges, /4 inh deep.. Steel Studs: ASTM C 64. a. Minimum Base-Metal Thikness: As indiated on Drawings. b. Depth: As indiated on Drawings.. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 64, 7/8 inh deep. a. Minimum Base Metal Thikness: As indiated on Drawings. 4. Resilient Furring Channels: /-inh- deep members designed to redue sound transmission. a. Configuration: Asymmetrial or hat shaped. E. Grid Suspension System for Ceilings: ASTM C 64, diret-hung system omposed of main beams and ross-furring members that interlok.. STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 64.. Minimum Base-Metal Thikness: 0.0 inh.. Depth: As indiated on Drawings. B. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indiated, provide one of the following:. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 64 top runner with -inh- deep flanges in thikness not less than indiated for studs, installed with studs frition fit into top runner and with ontinuous bridging loated within inhes of the top of studs to provide lateral braing.. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 64 top runners, inside runner with -inh- deep flanges in thikness not less than indiated for studs and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to frition fit inside runner.. Defletion Trak: Steel sheet top runner manufatured to prevent raking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from defletion of struture above; in thikness not less than indiated for studs and in width to aommodate depth of studs. C. Firestop Traks: Top runner manufatured to allow partition heads to expand and ontrat with movement of the struture while maintaining ontinuity of fire-resistane-rated assembly indiated; in thikness not less than indiated for studs and in width to aommodate depth of studs. D. Flat Strap and Baking Plate: Steel sheet for bloking and braing in length and width indiated.. Minimum Base-Metal Thikness: As indiated on Drawings. E. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.08-inh bare-steel thikness, with minimum /-inh- wide flanges.. Depth: As indiated on Drawings.. Clip Angle: Not less than -/ by -/ inhes, inh- thik, galvanized steel. F. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 64.. Minimum Base Metal Thikness: As indiated on Drawings.. Depth: As indiated on Drawings. G. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, fae flange of -/4 inhes, wall attahment flange of 7/8 inh, minimum bare-metal thikness of inh, and depth required to fit insulation thikness indiated..4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that omply with referened installation standards.. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, orrosion resistane, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following:. Asphalt-Saturated Organi Felt: ASTM D 6, Type I (No. asphalt felt), nonperforated.. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-baked, losed-ell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displaement, /8 inh thik, in width to suit steel stud size.. EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and inluding welded hollow-metal frames, ast-in anhors, and strutural framing, for ompliane with requirements and other onditions affeting performane.. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead struture to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anhorages to building struture have been installed to reeive hangers at spaing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength.. Furnish onrete inserts and other devies indiated to other trades for installation in advane of time needed for oordination and onstrution.. INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 74, exept omply with framing sizes and spaing indiated.. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also omply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, and bloking to support fixtures, equipment servies, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet aessories, furnishings, or similar onstrution. C. Install braing at terminations in assemblies. D. Do not bridge building ontrol and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently..4 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system omponents in sizes and spaings indiated on Drawings, but not less than those required by referened installation standards for assembly types and other assembly omponents indiated. B. Isolate suspension systems from building struture where they abut or are penetrated by building struture to prevent transfer of loading imposed by strutural movement. C. Suspend hangers from building struture as follows:. Install hangers plumb and free from ontat with insulation or other objets within eiling plenum that are not part of supporting strutural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstrutions and offset resulting horizontal fores by braing, ountersplaying, or other equally effetive means.. Where width of duts and other onstrution within eiling plenum produes hanger spaings that interfere with loations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devies. a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support eiling loads within performane limits established by referened installation standards.. Wire Hangers: Seure by looping and wire tying, either diretly to strutures or to inserts, eye srews, or other devies and fasteners that are seure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not ause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Flat Hangers: Seure to struture, inluding intermediate framing members, by attahing to inserts, eye srews, or other devies and fasteners that are seure and appropriate for struture and hanger, and in a manner that will not ause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail.. Do not attah hangers to steel roof dek. 6. Do not attah hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of omposite steel floor dek. 7. Do not onnet or suspend steel framing from duts, pipes, or onduit. D. Fire-Resistane-Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring hannels to supports. E. Seismi Braing: Sway-brae suspension systems with hangers used for support. F. Grid Suspension Systems: Attah perimeter wall trak or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertial surfaes. Mehanially join main beam and ross-furring members to eah other and butt-ut to fit into wall trak. G. Installation Toleranes: Install suspension systems that are level to within /8 inh in feet measured lengthwise on eah member that will reeive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will reeive finishes.. INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Where studs are installed diretly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. B. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same diretion.. Spae studs as follows: a. Single-Layer Appliation: 6 inhes o.., unless otherwise indiated. b. Multilayer Appliation: 6 inhes o.., unless otherwise indiated. C. Install traks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to strutural supports or substrates above suspended eilings, exept where partitions are indiated to terminate at suspended eilings. Continue framing around duts penetrating partitions above eiling.. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead strutural supports, install to produe joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies.. Door Openings: Srew vertial studs at jambs to jamb anhor lips on door frames; install runner trak setion (for ripple studs) at head and seure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at eah jamb, unless otherwise indiated. b. Install ripple studs at head adjaent to eah jamb stud, with a minimum /-inh learane from jamb stud to allow for installation of ontrol joint in finished assembly.. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless otherwise indiated. Install framing below sills of openings to math framing required above door heads. 4. Fire-Resistane-Rated Partitions: Install framing to omply with fire-resistane-rated assembly indiated and support losures and to make partitions ontinuous from floor to underside of solid struture. a. Firestop Trak: Where indiated, install to maintain ontinuity of fire-resistane-rated assembly indiated.. Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to omply with sound-rated assembly indiated. 6. Lead Lined Partitions: Install framing to omply with lead lined partitions requirements. D. Diret Furring:. Srew to wood framing.. Attah to onrete or masonry with stub nails, srews designed for masonry attahment, or powder-driven fasteners spaed 4 inhes o.. E. Z-Furring Members:. Eret insulation (speified in Division 07 Setion "Thermal Insulation") vertially and hold in plae with Z-furring members spaed 4 inhes o... At exterior orners, attah wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond orner; on adjaent wall surfae, srew-attah short flange of furring hannel to web of attahed hannel. At interior orners, spae seond member no more than inhes from orner and ut insulation to fit. F. Installation Tolerane: Install eah framing member so fastening surfaes vary not more than /8 inh from the plane formed by faes of adjaent framing. END OF SECTION 09 6 SECTION GYPSUM BOARD. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Resistane-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistane-rated assemblies, provide materials and onstrution idential to those tested in assembly indiated aording to ASTM E 9 by an independent testing ageny.. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged.. Indiations that panels are wet or moisture damaged inlude, but are not limited to, disoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.. Indiations that panels are mold damaged inlude, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splothy surfae ontamination and disoloration. PART - PRODUCTS. PANELS, GENERAL A. Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in eah area and that orrespond with support system indiated.. INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Complying with ASTM C 6/C 6M or ASTM C 96/C 96M, as appliable to type of gypsum board indiated and whihever is more stringent.. Manufaturers: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts by one of the following: a. Amerian Gypsum Co. b. BPB Ameria In.. G-P Gypsum. d. National Gypsum Company. e. USG Corporation. B. Type X:. Thikness: /8 inh.. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Flexible Type: Manufatured to bend to fit radii and to be more flexible than standard regular-type gypsum board of same thikness.. Thikness: /4 inh.. Long Edges: Tapered. D. Ceiling Type: Manufatured to have more sag resistane than regular-type gypsum board.. Thikness: / inh.. Long Edges: Tapered. E. Moisture and Mold-Resistant Type: With moisture- and mold-resistant ore and surfaes.. Core: /8 inh, Type X.. Long Edges: Tapered.. TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C Material: Galvanized or aluminum-oated steel sheet, rolled zin, plasti, or paper-faed galvanized steel sheet.. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. Bullnose bead.. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange reeives joint ompound. d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange reeives joint ompound. e. Expansion (ontrol) joint. f. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With nothed or flexible flanges. B. Aluminum Trim: Extruded aessories of profiles and dimensions indiated.. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B, Alloy 606-T.. Finish: Corrosion-resistant primer ompatible with joint ompound and finish materials speified..4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 47/C 47M. B. Joint Tape: Paper. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For eah oat use moisture and mold resistant formulation that is ompatible with other ompounds applied on previous or for suessive oats.. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first oat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying-type, all-purpose ompound. a. Use setting-type ompound for installing paper-faed metal trim aessories.. Fill Coat: For seond oat, use drying-type, all-purpose ompound.. Finish Coat: For third oat, use drying-type, all-purpose ompound. 4. Skim Coat: For final oat of Level finish, use drying-type, all-purpose ompound high-build interior oating produt designed for appliation by airless sprayer and to be used instead of skim oat to produe Level finish. w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 T: F: Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD /6/ G0 SPECIFICATIONS

5 . AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that omply with referened installation standards and manufaturer's written reommendations. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint ompound reommended for diretly adhering gypsum panels to ontinuous substrate.. Use adhesives that have a VOC ontent of 0 g/l or less when alulated aording to 40 CFR 9, Subpart D (EPA Method 4). C. Steel Drill Srews: ASTM C 00, unless otherwise indiated.. Use srews omplying with ASTM C 94 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.0 to 0. inh thik.. For fastening ementitious baker units, use srews of type and size reommended by panel manufaturer. D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 66, Type I (blankets without membrane faing) produed by ombining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufatured from glass, slag wool, or rok wool.. Fire-Resistane-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. E. Lead Lined Wall Blankets: Provide lead lined wall blankets at loations indiated to ahieve rating as indiated. F. Aoustial Sealant: As speified in Division 07 Setion "Joint Sealants." G. Thermal Insulation: As speified in Division 07 Setion "Thermal Insulation.". EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and inluding welded hollow-metal frames and framing, for ompliane with requirements and other onditions affeting performane. B. Examine panels before installation. Rejet panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install eiling panels aross framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in entral area of eah eiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjaent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with fae side out. Butt panels together for a light ontat at edges and ends with not more than /6 inh of open spae between panels. Do not fore into plae. D. Loate edge and end joints over supports, exept in eiling appliations where intermediate supports or gypsum board bak-bloking is provided behind end joints. Do not plae tapered edges against ut edges or ends. Stagger vertial joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than ontrol joints at orners of framed openings. E. Form ontrol and expansion joints with spae between edges of adjoining gypsum panels.. Provide ontrol and expansion joints every 0 feet of ontinues gypsum board installation, inluding walls, eilings, and sofits. F. Cover both faes of support framing with gypsum panels in onealed spaes (above eilings, et.), exept in hases braed internally.. Unless onealed appliation is indiated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, overage may be aomplished with sraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area.. Fit gypsum panels around duts, pipes, and onduits.. Where partitions interset strutural members projeting below underside of floor/roof slabs and deks, ut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by strutural members; allow /4- to /8-inh- wide joints to install sealant. G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at strutural abutments, exept floors. Provide /4- to /-inh- wide spaes at these loations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting strutural surfaes with aoustial sealant. H. Attahment to Steel Framing: Attah panels so leading edge or end of eah panel is attahed to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.. APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following loations:. Type X: As indiated on Drawings.. Flexible Type: As indiated on Drawings.. Ceiling Type: As indiated on Drawings. 4. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: As indiated on Drawings. B. Single-Layer Appliation:. On eilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board appliation to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indiated.. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertially (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indiated or required by fire-resistane-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate ourses of panels. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indiated or required by fire-resistane-rated assembly.. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertially (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Loate edge joints over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill srews. C. Multilayer Appliation:. On eilings, apply gypsum board indiated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply fae layers in same sequene. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset fae-layer joints framing member, 6 inhes minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indiated or required by fire-resistane-rated assembly.. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indiated for base layers and fae layers vertially (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers loated over stud or furring member and fae-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints, unless otherwise indiated or required by fire-resistane-rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions.. On Z-furring members, apply base layer vertially (parallel to framing) and fae layer either vertially (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendiular to framing) with vertial joints offset at least one furring member. Loate edge joints of base layer over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and fae layers separately to supports with srews. D. Curved Surfaes:. Install panels horizontally (perpendiular to supports) and unbroken, to extent possible, aross urved surfae plus -inh- long straight setions at ends of urves and tangent to them.. For double-layer onstrution, fasten base layer to studs with srews 6 inhes o.. Center gypsum board fae layer over joints in base layer, and fasten to studs with srews spaed inhes o...4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with bak flanges intended for fasteners, attah to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attah trim aording to manufaturer's written instrutions. B. Control Joints: Install ontrol joints at loations indiated on Drawings. C. Interior Trim: Install in the following loations:. Cornerbead: Use at outside orners, unless otherwise indiated.. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.. L-Bead: Use where indiated. 4. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Use at urved openings. D. Aluminum Trim: Install in loations indiated on Drawings.. FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, ontrol joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surfae defets, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaes for deoration. Promptly remove residual joint ompound from adjaent surfaes. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surfae areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, exept those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indiated below and aording to ASTM C 840:. Level 4: At panel surfaes that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indiated. a. Primer and its appliation to surfaes are speified in other Division 09 Setions.. Level : Where indiated on Drawings. a. Primer and its appliation to surfaes are speified in other Division 09 Setions..6 PROTECTION A. Protet installed produts from damage from weather, ondensation, diret sunlight, onstrution, and other auses during remainder of the onstrution period. B. Remove and replae panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.. Indiations that panels are wet or moisture damaged inlude, but are not limited to, disoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.. Indiations that panels are mold damaged inlude, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splothy surfae ontamination and disoloration. END OF SECTION SECTION 09 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated. B. Coordination Drawings: Refleted eiling plans, drawn to sale, on whih the following items are shown and oordinated with eah other, based on input from installers of the items involved:. Ceiling suspension system members.. Method of attahing hangers to building struture.. Ceiling-mounted items inluding lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, aess panels, and speial moldings. 4. Minimum Drawing Sale: /4 inh = foot.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Soure Limitations: Obtain eah type of aoustial eiling panel and supporting suspension system through one soure from a single manufaturer. B. Fire-Test-Response Charateristis: Provide aoustial panel eilings that omply with the following requirements:. Fire-Resistane Charateristis: Where indiated, provide aoustial panel eilings idential to those of assemblies tested for fire resistane per ASTM E 9 by UL or another testing and inspeting ageny aeptable to authorities having jurisdition. a. Fire-Resistane Ratings: Indiated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistane Diretory" or from the listings of another testing and inspeting ageny. b. Identify materials with appropriate markings of appliable testing and inspeting ageny.. Surfae-Burning Charateristis: Provide aoustial panels with the following surfae-burning harateristis omplying with ASTM E 64 for Class A materials as determined by testing idential produts per ASTM E 84: C. Seismi Standard: Provide aoustial panel eilings designed and installed to withstand the effets of earthquake motions aording to the following:. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismi Restraint: Comply with ASTM E 80.. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver aoustial panels, suspension system omponents, and aessories to Projet site in original, unopened pakages and store them in a fully enlosed, onditioned spae where they will be proteted against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, diret sunlight, surfae ontamination, and other auses. B. Before installing aoustial panels, permit them to reah room temperature and a stabilized moisture ontent. C. Handle aoustial panels arefully to avoid hipping edges or damaging units in any way..4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of aoustial panels and suspension system with other onstrution that penetrates eilings or is supported by them, inluding light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.. EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials desribed below that math produts installed and that are pakaged with protetive overing for storage and identified with labels desribing ontents.. Aoustial Ceiling Panels: Full-size panels equal to.0 perent of quantity installed.. Suspension System Components: Quantity of eah exposed omponent equal to.0 perent of quantity installed.. Hold-Down Clips: Equal to.0 perent of quantity installed. PART - PRODUCTS. ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Aoustial Panel Standard: Provide manufaturer's standard panels of onfiguration indiated that omply with ASTM E 64 lassifiations as designated by types, patterns, aoustial ratings, and light refletanes, unless otherwise indiated.. Mounting Method for Measuring NRC: Type E-400; plenum mounting in whih fae of test speimen is -/4 inhes away from test surfae per ASTM E 79. B. Antimirobial Fungiide Treatment: Provide aoustial panels with fae and bak surfaes oated with antimirobial treatment onsisting of manufaturer's standard formulation with fungiide added to inhibit growth of mold and mildew and showing no mold or mildew growth when tested aording to ASTM D 7 and evaluated aording to ASTM D 74 or ASTM G.. ACOUSTICAL PANELS FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING A. Produts: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts as indiated on drawings.. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufaturer's standard diret-hung metal suspension systems of types, strutural lassifiations, and finishes indiated that omply with appliable requirements in ASTM C 6. B. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Arhitetural and Metal Produts" for reommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide manufaturer's standard fatory-applied finish for type of system indiated.. High-Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C 6 requirements for "Coating Classifiation for Severe Environment Performane" where high-humidity finishes are indiated. C. Wire Hangers, Braes, and Ties: Provide wires omplying with the following requirements:. Zin-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 64/A 64M, Class zin oating, soft temper.. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 80/A 80M, Type 04, nonmagneti.. Size: Selet wire diameter so its stress at times hanger design load (ASTM C 6, Table, "Diret Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.06-inh- diameter wire. D. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zin oated or proteted with rust-inhibitive paint. E. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inh wide; formed with 0.04-inh- thik, galvanized steel sheet omplying with ASTM A 6/A 6M, G90 oating designation; with bolted onnetions and /6-inh- diameter bolts. F. Seismi Stabilizer Bars: Manufaturer's standard perimeter stabilizers designed to aommodate seismi fores. G. Seismi Struts: Manufaturer's standard ompression struts designed to aommodate seismi fores. H. Seismi Clips: Manufaturer's standard seismi lips designed and spaed to seure aoustial panels in-plae..4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING A. Produts: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts as indiated on Drawings.. METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM A. Produts: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts as indiated on Drawings..6 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Aoustial Sealant for Exposed and Conealed Joints: Manufaturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant, with a VOC ontent of 0 g/l or less when alulated aording to 40 CFR 9, Subpart D (EPA Method 4), omplying with ASTM C 84 and effetive in reduing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building onstrution as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies aording to ASTM E 90.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and onditions, inluding strutural framing to whih aoustial panel eilings attah or abut, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements speified in this and other Setions that affet eiling installation and anhorage and with requirements for installation toleranes and other onditions affeting performane of aoustial panel eilings.. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Measure eah eiling area and establish layout of aoustial panels to balane border widths at opposite edges of eah eiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders, and omply with layout shown on refleted eiling plans.. INSTALLATION A. General: Install aoustial panel eilings to omply with ASTM C 66 and seismi design requirements indiated, per manufaturer's written instrutions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook.". Fire-Rated Assembly: Install fire-rated eiling systems aording to tested fire-rated design. B. Suspend eiling hangers from building's strutural members and as follows:. Install hangers plumb and free from ontat with insulation or other objets within eiling plenum that are not part of supporting struture or of eiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstrutions; offset resulting horizontal fores by braing, ountersplaying, or other equally effetive means.. Where width of duts and other onstrution within eiling plenum produes hanger spaings that interfere with loation of hangers at spaings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devies.. Seure wire hangers to eiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connet hangers diretly either to strutures or to inserts, eye srews, or other devies that are seure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, orrosion, or elevated temperatures. 4. Seure flat, angle, hannel, and rod hangers to struture, inluding intermediate framing members, by attahing to inserts, eye srews, or other devies that are seure and appropriate for both struture to whih hangers are attahed and type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not ause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, orrosion, or elevated temperatures.. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spaing required, install arrying hannels or other supplemental support for attahment of hanger wires. 6. Do not attah hangers to steel dek tabs. 7. Do not attah hangers to steel roof dek. Attah hangers to strutural members. 8. Spae hangers not more than 48 inhes o.. along eah member supported diretly from hangers, unless otherwise indiated; provide hangers not more than 8 inhes from ends of eah member. 9. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support eiling loads within performane limits established by referened standards and publiations. C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indiated at perimeter of aoustial eiling area and where neessary to oneal edges of aoustial panels.. Apply aoustial sealant in a ontinuous ribbon onealed on bak of vertial legs of moldings before they are installed.. Srew attah moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 6 inhes o.. and not more than inhes from ends, leveling with eiling suspension system to a tolerane of /8 inh in feet. Miter orners aurately and onnet seurely.. Do not use exposed fasteners, inluding pop rivets, on moldings and trim. D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and seurely interloked with one another. Remove and replae dented, bent, or kinked members. E. Install aoustial panels with undamaged edges and fit aurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Sribe and ut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, preise fit.. Arrange diretionally patterned aoustial panels as follows: As indiated on refleted eiling plans.. For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings.. For reveal-edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm ontat with top surfae of runner flanges. 4. Paint ut edges of panel remaining exposed after installation; math olor of exposed panel surfaes using oating reommended in writing for this purpose by aoustial panel manufaturer.. Protet lighting fixtures and air duts to omply with requirements indiated for fire-resistane-rated assembly..4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Speial Inspetions: Owner will engage a qualified speial inspetor to perform the following speial inspetions and prepare reports:. Suspended eiling system.. Hangers, anhors and fasteners. B. Tests and Inspetions: Testing and inspeting of ompleted installations of aoustial panel eiling hangers and anhors and fasteners shall take plae in suessive stages, in areas of extent and using methods as follows. Do not proeed with installations of aoustial panel eiling hangers for the next area until test results for previously ompleted installations of aoustial panel eiling hangers show ompliane with requirements.. Extent of Eah Test Area: When installation of eiling suspension systems on eah floor has reahed 0 perent ompletion but no panels have been installed. a. Within eah test area, testing ageny will selet of every 0 power-atuated fasteners and postinstalled anhors used to attah hangers to onrete and will test them for 00 lbf of tension; it will also selet one of every postinstalled anhors used to attah braing wires to onrete and will test them for 440 lbf of tension. b. When testing disovers fasteners and anhors that do not omply with requirements, testing ageny will test those anhors not previously tested until 0 pass onseutively and then will resume initial testing frequeny. C. Remove and replae aoustial panel eiling hangers and anhors and fasteners that do not pass tests and inspetions and retest as speified above.. CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaes of aoustial panel eilings, inluding trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufaturer's written instrutions for leaning and touhup of minor finish damage. Remove and replae eiling omponents that annot be suessfully leaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidene of damage. END OF SECTION 09 SECTION RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contrat, inluding General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 0 Speifiation Setions, apply to this Setion.. SUMMARY A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated. B. Samples for Verifiation: For eah type of produt indiated, in manufaturer's standard-size Samples but not less than inhes long, of eah resilient produt olor, texture, and pattern required.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Charateristis: As determined by testing idential produts aording to ASTM E 648 or NFPA by a qualified testing ageny.. Critial Radiant Flux Classifiation: Class I, not less than 0.4 W/sq. m..4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range reommended by manufaturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 9 deg F, in spaes to reeive resilient produts during the following time periods:. 48 hours before installation.. During installation.. 48 hours after installation. B. Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range reommended by manufaturer, but not less than deg F or more than 9 deg F. C. Install resilient produts after other finishing operations, inluding painting, have been ompleted.. EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that math produts installed and that are pakaged with protetive overing for storage and identified with labels desribing ontents.. Furnish not less than 0 linear feet for every 00 linear feet or fration thereof, of eah type, olor, pattern, and size of resilient produt installed. PART - PRODUCTS. RESILIENT BASE A. Resilient Base: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts as indiated on drawings. B. Minimum Thikness: 0. inh. C. Height: As indiated on Drawings. D. Lengths: Coils in manufaturer's standard length. E. Outside Corners: Job formed. F. Inside Corners: Job formed. G. Finish: Satin. H. Colors and Patterns: As indiated by manufaturer's designations.. RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY A. Resilient Molding Aessory:. Manufaturers: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts by one of the following: a. Burke Merer Flooring Produts; Division of Burke Industries, In. b. Flexo, In.. Johnsonite. d. Roppe Corporation, USA. B. Desription: Joiner for tile and arpet and transition strips. C. Material: Rubber. D. Profile and Dimensions: As indiated. E. Colors and Patterns: As indiated by manufaturer's designations.. INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Pathing Compounds: Latex-modified, portland ement based or blended hydrauli-ement-based formulation provided or approved by manufaturer for appliations indiated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type reommended by manufaturer to suit resilient produts and substrate onditions indiated.. Use adhesives that omply with the following limits for VOC ontent when alulated aording to 40 CFR 9, Subpart D (EPA Method 4): a. Cove Base Adhesives: Not more than 0 g/l. C. Floor Polish: Provide protetive liquid floor polish produts as reommended by resilient stair tread manufaturer.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements for maximum moisture ontent and other onditions affeting performane of the Work. B. Verify that finishes of substrates omply with toleranes and other requirements speified in other Setions and that substrates are free of raks, ridges, depressions, sale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient produts. C. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates aording to manufaturer's written instrutions to ensure adhesion of resilient produts. B. Conrete Substrates for Resilient Stair Treads and Aessories: Prepare aording to ASTM F 70.. Verify that substrates are dry and free of uring ompounds, sealers, and hardeners.. Remove substrate oatings and other substanes that are inompatible with adhesives and that ontain soap, wax, oil, or silione, using mehanial methods reommended by manufaturer. Do not use solvents.. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests reommended by manufaturer. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests reommended by manufaturer and as follows. Proeed with installation only after substrates pass testing. a. Perform anhydrous alium hloride test, ASTM F 869. Proeed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of lb of water/000 sq. ft. in 4 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes, ASTM F 70. Proeed with installation only after substrates have maximum 7 perent relative humidity level measurement. C. Fill raks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and pathing ompound and remove bumps and ridges to produe a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install resilient produts until they are same temperature as the spae where they are to be installed.. Move resilient produts and installation materials into spaes where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advane of installation. E. Sweep and vauum lean substrates to be overed by resilient produts immediately before installation.. RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufaturer's written instrutions for installing resilient base. B. Apply resilient base to walls, olumns, pilasters, asework and abinets in toe spaes, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as pratiable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjaent piees aligned. D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of eah piee, with base in ontinuous ontat with horizontal and vertial substrates. E. Do not streth resilient base during installation. F. On masonry surfaes or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufaturer's reommended adhesive filler material. G. Job-Formed Corners:. Outside Corners: Use straight piees of maximum lengths possible. Form without produing disoloration (whitening) at bends.. Inside Corners: Use straight piees of maximum lengths possible..4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufaturer's written instrutions for installing resilient aessories. B. Resilient Molding Aessories: Butt to adjaent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of eah piee. Install reduer strips at edges of arpet and resilient floor overing that would otherwise be exposed.. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufaturer's written instrutions for leaning and protetion of resilient produts. B. Perform the following operations immediately after ompleting resilient produt installation:. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaes.. Sweep and vauum surfaes thoroughly.. Damp-mop surfaes to remove marks and soil. C. Protet resilient produts from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from onstrution operations and plaement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of onstrution period. D. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surfae blemishes from resilient stair treads before applying liquid floor polish.. Apply two oat(s). E. Cover resilient produts until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09 6 SECTION RESILIENT TILE FLOORING. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated. B. Shop Drawings: For eah type of floor tile. Inlude floor tile layouts, edges, olumns, doorways, enlosing partitions, built-in furniture, abinets, and utouts.. Show details of speial patterns. C. Conrete Slab Moisture Testing: Results from onrete slab moisture testing.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifiations: A qualified installer who employs workers for this Projet who are ompetent in tehniques required by manufaturer for floor tile installation indiated.. Engage an installer who employs workers for this Projet who are trained or ertified by manufaturer for installation tehniques required. B. Fire-Test-Response Charateristis: As determined by testing idential produts aording to ASTM E 648 or NFPA by a qualified testing ageny.. Critial Radiant Flux Classifiation: Class I, not less than 0.4 W/sq. m. C. Install floor tile after other finishing operations, inluding painting, have been ompleted.. EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that math produts installed and that are pakaged with protetive overing for storage and identified with labels desribing ontents.. Floor Tile: Furnish box for every 0 boxes or fration thereof, of eah type, olor, and pattern of floor tile installed. PART - PRODUCTS. MANUFACTURERS A. National Aount Manufaturer: Conentra has established a National Aount with Spetra Contrat Flooring for resilient tile flooring.. Contat: Margaret Gerrity Phone: ext SOLID VINYL FLOOR TILE A. Produts: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts as indiated on Drawings. B. Tile Standard: ASTM F Class: As indiated by produt designations.. Type: Type A, smooth surfae. C. Colors and Patterns: As indiated by manufaturer's designations.. INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Pathing Compounds: Latex-modified, portland ement based or blended hydrauli-ement-based formulation provided or approved by manufaturer for appliations indiated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type reommended by manufaturer to suit floor tile and substrate onditions indiated.. Use adhesives that omply with the following limits for VOC ontent when alulated aording to 40 CFR 9, Subpart D (EPA Method 4): a. Vinyl Floor Tile Adhesives: Not more than 0 g/l. C. Seamless-Installation Aessories:. Chemial-Bonding Compound: Manufaturer's produt for hemially bonding seams. a. Use hemial-bonding ompound that has a VOC ontent of 0 g/l or less when alulated aording to 40 CFR 9, Subpart D (EPA Method 4). D. Floor Polish: Centaur, Taski Vision Matte.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements for maximum moisture ontent and other onditions affeting performane of the Work. B. Verify that finishes of substrates omply with toleranes and other requirements speified in other Setions and that substrates are free of raks, ridges, depressions, sale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of floor tile. C. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates aording to manufaturer's written instrutions to ensure adhesion of resilient produts. B. Conrete Substrates: Prepare aording to ASTM F 70.. Verify that substrates are dry and free of uring ompounds, sealers, and hardeners.. Remove substrate oatings and other substanes that are inompatible with adhesives and that ontain soap, wax, oil, or silione, using mehanial methods reommended by manufaturer. Do not use solvents.. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests reommended by manufaturer. Proeed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests reommended by manufaturer and as follows. Proeed with installation only after substrates pass testing. a. Perform anhydrous alium hloride test, ASTM F 869. Proeed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of lb of water/000 sq. ft. in 4 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes, ASTM F 70. Proeed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 7% relative humidity level measurement. C. Fill raks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and pathing ompound and remove bumps and ridges to produe a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install floor tiles until they are same temperature as spae where they are to be installed.. Move resilient produts and installation materials into spaes where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advane of installation. E. Sweep and vauum lean substrates to be overed by resilient produts immediately before installation.. FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufaturer's written instrutions for installing floor tile. B. Lay out floor tiles from enter marks established with prinipal walls, disounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as neessary to avoid using ut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter.. Lay tiles in pattern indiated. C. Math floor tiles for olor and pattern by seleting tiles from artons in the same sequene as manufatured and pakaged, if so numbered. Disard broken, raked, hipped, or deformed tiles. D. Sribe, ut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertial surfaes and permanent fixtures inluding built-in furniture, abinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. E. Extend floor tiles into toe spaes, door reveals, losets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to enter of door openings. F. Maintain referene markers, holes, and openings that are in plae or marked for future utting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use halk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking devie. G. Install floor tiles on overs for telephone and eletrial duts, building expansion-joint overs, and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall ontinuity of olor and pattern between piees of tile installed on overs and adjoining tiles. Tightly adhere tile edges to substrates that abut overs and to over perimeters. H. Adhere floor tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produe a ompleted installation without open raks, voids, raising and pukering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surfae imperfetions. I. Seamless Installation:. Chemially Bonded Seams: Bond seams with hemial-bonding ompound to permanently fuse setions into a seamless floor overing. Prepare seams and apply ompound to produe tightly fitted seams without gaps, overlays, or exess bonding ompound on floor overing surfaes..4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufaturer's written instrutions for leaning and protetion of floor tile. B. Perform the following operations immediately after ompleting floor tile installation:. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaes.. Sweep and vauum surfaes thoroughly.. Damp-mop surfaes to remove marks and soil. C. Protet floor tile produts from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from onstrution operations and plaement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of onstrution period. D. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surfae blemishes from floor tile surfaes before applying liquid floor polish.. Apply three oat(s). E. Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION SECTION SHEET CARPETING. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt. B. Shop Drawings: Show the following:. Columns, doorways, enlosing walls or partitions, built-in abinets, and loations where utouts are required in arpet.. Carpet type, olor, and dye lot.. Seam loations, types, and methods. 4. Pile diretion.. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Produt test reports. B. Warrant: Sample of speial warranty.. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenane data..4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifiations: An experiened Installer who is ertified by the International Certified Floorovering Installers Assoiation at the Commerial II ertifiation level. B. Fire-Test-Response Ratings: Where indiated, provide arpet idential to those of assemblies tested for fire response per NFPA by a qualified testing ageny.. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with CRI FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with CRI 04 for temperature, humidity, and ventilation limitations..7 WARRANTY A. Speial Warranty for Carpet: Manufaturer agrees to repair or replae omponents of arpet installation that fail in materials or workmanship within speified warranty period.. Warranty does not inlude deterioration or failure of arpet due to unusual traffi, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse.. Failures inlude, but are not limited to, more than 0 perent loss of fae fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, loss of tuft bind strength, exess stati disharge, and delamination.. Warranty Period: 0 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART - PRODUCTS. CARPET A. National Aount Manufaturer: Conentra has established a National Aount with Tandus for sheet arpeting.. Contat: Dewey Markham; Phone (4) Produt: As indiated on drawings.. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Pathing Compounds: Latex-modified, hydrauli-ement-based formulation provided or reommended by arpet manufaturer. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew-resistant, nonstaining type to suit produts and subfloor onditions indiated, that omplies with flammability requirements for installed arpet and is reommended or provided by arpet manufaturer.. Produt: Tandus; B-9 Greenbond. C. Seam Adhesive: Hot-melt adhesive tape or similar produt reommended by arpet manufaturer for sealing and taping seams and butting ut edges at baking to form seure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams.. INSTALLATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and onditions, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements for maximum moisture ontent, alkalinity range, installation toleranes, and other onditions affeting arpet performane. Examine arpet for type, olor, pattern, and potential defets. B. Conrete Subfloors: Verify that onrete slabs omply with ASTM F 70. C. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted. D. Preparation: Comply with CRI 04, Setion 7., "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation," and with arpet manufaturer's written installation instrutions for preparing substrates. E. Comply with arpet manufaturer's written reommendations and Shop Drawings for seam loations and diretion of arpet; maintain uniformity of arpet diretion and lay of pile. At doorways, enter seams under the door in losed position. F. Do not bridge building expansion joints with arpet. G. Cut and fit arpet to butt tightly to vertial surfaes, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture inluding abinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal ut edges as reommended by arpet manufaturer. H. Extend arpet into toe spaes, door reveals, losets, open-bottomed obstrutions, removable flanges, aloves, and similar openings. I. Maintain referene markers, holes, and openings that are in plae or marked for future utting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking devie. J. Perform the following operations immediately after installing arpet:. Remove exess adhesive, seam sealer, and other surfae blemishes using leaner reommended by arpet manufaturer.. Remove yarns that protrude from arpet surfae.. Vauum arpet using ommerial mahine with fae-beater element. K. Protet installed arpet to omply with CRI 04, Setion 6, "Proteting Indoor Installations." END OF SECTION SECTION WALL COVERINGS. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated. Inlude data on physial harateristis, durability, fade resistane, and flame-resistane harateristis. B. Shop Drawings: Show loation and extent of eah wall-overing type. Indiate pattern plaement, seams and termination points.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Charateristis: Provide wall overings and adhesives with the following fire-test-response harateristis as determined by testing idential produts applied with idential adhesives to substrates per test method indiated below by UL or another testing and inspeting ageny aeptable to authorities having jurisdition.. Surfae-Burning Charateristis: As follows, per ASTM E 84: a. Flame-Spread Index: or less. b. Smoke-Developed Index: 40 or less.. Fire-Growth Contribution: Textile wall overings tested aording to NFPA 6 and omplying with Method A test protool in IBC 000, Setion PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install wall overings until spaes are enlosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaes is omplete and dry, work above eilings is omplete, and ambient temperature and humidity onditions are maintained at the levels indiated for Projet when oupied for its intended use. PART - PRODUCTS. MANUFACTURERS A. Produts: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide the produts as indiated on drawings.. ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Mildew-resistant, nonstaining, strippable adhesive, for use with speifi wall overing and substrate appliation, as reommended in writing by wall-overing manufaturer, and with a VOC ontent of 0 g/l or less when alulated aording to 40 CFR 9, Subpart D (EPA Method 4). B. Primer/Sealer: Mildew-resistant primer/sealer omplying with requirements in Division 09 Setion "Painting" and reommended in writing by wall-overing manufaturer for intended substrate. C. Seam Tape: As reommended in writing by wall-overing manufaturer.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and onditions, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements for levelness, wall plumbness, maximum moisture ontent, and other onditions affeting performane of work. B. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Comply with manufaturer's written instrutions for surfae preparation. B. Clean substrates of substanes that ould impair wall overing's bond, inluding mold, mildew, oil, grease, inompatible primers, dirt, and dust. C. Prepare substrates to ahieve a smooth, dry, lean, struturally sound surfae free of flaking, unsound oatings, raks, and defets.. Moisture Content: Maximum of perent on new plaster, onrete, and onrete masonry units when tested with an eletroni moisture meter.. Gypsum Board: Prime with primer reommended by wall-overing manufaturer.. Painted Surfaes: Treat areas suseptible to pigment bleeding. D. Chek painted surfaes for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell finishes with fine sandpaper. E. Remove hardware and hardware aessories, eletrial plates and overs, light fixture trims, and similar items. F. Alimatize wall-overing materials by removing them from pakaging in the installation areas not less than 4 hours before installation.. INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with wall-overing manufaturers' written installation instrutions appliable to produts and appliations indiated, exept where more stringent requirements apply. B. Cut wall-overing strips in roll number sequene. Change roll numbers at partition breaks and orners. C. Install wall overing with no gaps or overlaps, no lifted or urling edges, and no visible shrinkage. D. Fully bond wall overing to substrate. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defets. E. Trim edges and seams for olor uniformity, pattern math, and tight losure. Butt seams without any overlay or spaing between strips..4 CLEANING A. Remove exess adhesive at finished seams, perimeter edges, and adjaent surfaes. B. Use leaning methods reommended in writing by wall-overing manufaturer. C. Replae strips that annot be leaned. D. Reinstall hardware and hardware aessories, eletrial plates and overs, light fixture trims, and similar items. END OF SECTION SECTION PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS). SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah paint system indiated. Inlude blok fillers and primers.. Material List: An inlusive list of required oating materials. Indiate eah material and ross-referene speifi oating, finish system, and appliation. Identify eah material by manufaturer's atalog number and general lassifiation.. Manufaturer's Information: Manufaturer's tehnial information, inluding label analysis and instrutions for handling, storing, and applying eah oating material. B. Samples for Verifiation: For eah olor and material to be applied, with texture to simulate atual onditions, on representative Samples of the atual substrate.. Provide stepped Samples, defining eah separate oat, inluding blok fillers and primers. Use representative olors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, olor, and texture are ahieved.. Provide a list of materials and appliations for eah oat of eah Sample. Label eah Sample for loation and appliation. C. Qualifiation Data: For Appliator.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Appliator Qualifiations: A firm or individual experiened in applying paints and oatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indiated for this Projet, whose work has resulted in appliations with a reord of suessful in-servie performane. B. Soure Limitations: Obtain primers for eah oating system from the same manufaturer as the finish oats. C. Benhmark Samples (Mokups): Provide a full-oat benhmark finish sample for eah type of oating and substrate required. Comply with proedures speified in PDCA P. Dupliate finish of approved sample Submittals.. Arhitet will selet one room or surfae to represent surfaes and onditions for appliation of eah type of oating and substrate. a. Wall Surfaes: Provide samples on at least 00 sq. ft.. b. Small Areas and Items: Arhitet will designate items or areas required.. Apply benhmark samples, aording to requirements for the ompleted Work, after permanent lighting and other environmental servies have been ativated. Provide required sheen, olor, and texture on eah surfae. a. After finishes are aepted, Arhitet will use the room or surfae to evaluate oating systems of a similar nature.. Final approval of olors will be from benhmark samples. PART - PRODUCTS. MANUFACTURERS A. Produts: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide one of the produts listed in other Part artiles.. PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide blok fillers, primers, and finish-oat materials that are ompatible with one another and with the substrates indiated under onditions of servie and appliation, as demonstrated by manufaturer based on testing and field experiene. B. Material Quality: Provide manufaturer's best-quality paint material of the various oating types speified that are fatory formulated and reommended by manufaturer for appliation indiated. Paint-material ontainers not displaying manufaturer's produt identifiation will not be aeptable.. Proprietary Names: Use of manufaturer's proprietary produt names to designate olors or materials is not intended to imply that produts named are required to be used to the exlusion of equivalent produts of other manufaturers. Furnish manufaturer's material data and ertifiates of performane for proposed substitutions. C. Colors: As indiated by manufaturer's designations.. INTERIOR PRIMERS A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Fatory-formulated latex-based primer for interior appliation.. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite 00 Latex Wall Primer B8W00 Series: Applied at a dry film thikness of not less than.6 mils. B. Interior Wood Primer for Aryli-Enamel and Semigloss Alkyd-Enamel Finishes: Fatory-formulated alkyd- or aryli-latex-based interior wood primer.. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Wall and Wood Primer B49W00 Series: Applied at a dry film thikness of not less than.6 mils. C. Interior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Fatory-formulated quik-drying rust-inhibitive alkyd-based metal primer.. Sherwin-Williams; Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B0W000: Applied at a dry film thikness of not less than.0 mils. D. Interior Zin-Coated Metal Primer: Fatory-formulated galvanized metal primer.. Sherwin-Williams; primer not required over this substrate..4 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Flat Aryli Paint: Fatory-formulated flat aryli-emulsion latex paint for interior appliation.. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 00 Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint B0W00 Series: Applied at a dry film thikness of not less than.4 mils. B. Interior Semigloss Aryli Enamel: Fatory-formulated semigloss aryli-latex enamel for interior appliation.. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 00 Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel BW00 Series: Applied at a dry film thikness of not less than. mils.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and onditions, with Appliator present, for ompliane with requirements for paint appliation.. Proeed with paint appliation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted and surfaes reeiving paint are thoroughly dry.. Start of painting will be onstrued as Appliator's aeptane of surfaes and onditions within a partiular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Setions in whih primers are provided to ensure ompatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on harateristis of finish materials to ensure use of ompatible primers.. Notify Arhitet about antiipated problems when using the materials speified over substrates primed by others.. PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware aessories, plates, mahined surfaes, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impratial or impossible beause of size or weight of the item, provide surfae-applied protetion before surfae preparation and painting.. After ompleting painting operations in eah spae or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surfae treatments, lean substrates of substanes that ould impair bond of the various oatings. Remove oil and grease before leaning.. Shedule leaning and painting so dust and other ontaminants from the leaning proess will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaes. C. Surfae Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaes to be painted aording to manufaturer's written instrutions for eah partiular substrate ondition and as speified.. Provide barrier oats over inompatible primers or remove and reprime.. Cementitious Materials: Prepare onrete, onrete unit masonry, ement plaster, and mineral-fiber-reinfored ement panel surfaes to be painted. Remove effloresene, halk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve uring, use mehanial methods of surfae preparation. a. Use abrasive blast-leaning methods if reommended by paint manufaturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture ontent of surfaes by performing appropriate tests. If surfaes are suffiiently alkaline to ause the finish paint to blister and burn, orret this ondition before appliation. Do not paint surfaes if moisture ontent exeeds that permitted in manufaturer's written instrutions.. Clean onrete floors to be painted with a perent solution of muriati aid or other ething leaner. Flush the floor with lean water to remove aid, neutralize with ammonia, rinse, allow to dry, and vauum before painting.. Wood: Clean surfaes of dirt, oil, and other foreign substanes with srapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaes exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Srape and lean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin oat of white shella or other reommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfetions in finish surfaes with putty or plasti wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends, faes, undersides, and bak sides of wood, inluding abinets, ounters, ases, and paneling.. If transparent finish is required, bakprime with spar varnish. d. Bakprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall onstrution ours on bak side. e. Seal tops, bottoms, and utouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy oat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaes that have not been shop oated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill sale, and other foreign substanes. Use solvent or mehanial leaning methods that omply with SSPC's reommendations. a. Blast steel surfaes lean as reommended by paint system manufaturer and aording to SSPC-SP 6/NACE No.. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pikled lean metal with a metal treatment wash oat before priming.. Touh up bare areas and shop-applied prime oats that have been damaged. Wire-brush, lean with solvents reommended by paint manufaturer, and touh up with same primer as the shop oat. D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials aording to manufaturer's written instrutions.. Maintain ontainers used in mixing and applying paint in a lean ondition, free of foreign materials and residue.. Stir material before appliation to produe a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during appliation. Do not stir surfae film into material. If neessary, remove surfae film and strain material before using.. Use only thinners approved by paint manufaturer and only within reommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint eah underoat a lighter shade to simplify identifiation of eah oat when multiple oats of same material are applied. Tint underoats to math the olor of the finish oat, but provide suffiient differenes in shade of underoats to distinguish eah separate oat.. APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint aording to manufaturer's written instrutions. Use appliators and tehniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.. Paint olors, surfae treatments, and finishes are indiated in the paint shedules.. Do not paint over dirt, rust, sale, grease, moisture, suffed surfaes, or onditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.. Provide finish oats that are ompatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaes" inludes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, onvetor overs, overs for finned-tube radiation, and similar omponents are in plae. Extend oatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protetion.. Paint surfaes behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaes. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaes behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime oat only. 6. Paint interior surfaes of duts with a flat, nonspeular blak paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7. Paint bak sides of aess panels and removable or hinged overs to math exposed surfaes. 8. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faes. 9. Finish interior of wall and base abinets and similar field-finished asework to math exterior. 0. Sand lightly between eah sueeding enamel or varnish oat. B. Sheduling Painting: Apply first oat to surfaes that have been leaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as pratiable after preparation and before subsequent surfae deterioration.. The number of oats and film thikness required are the same regardless of appliation method. Do not apply sueeding oats until previous oat has ured as reommended by manufaturer. If sanding is required to produe a smooth, even surfae aording to manufaturer's written instrutions, sand between appliations.. Omit primer over metal surfaes that have been shop primed and touhup painted.. If underoats, stains, or other onditions show through final oat of paint, apply additional oats until paint film is of uniform finish, olor, and appearane. Give speial attention to ensure that edges, orners, revies, welds, and exposed fasteners reeive a dry film thikness equivalent to that of flat surfaes. 4. Allow suffiient time between suessive oats to permit proper drying. Do not reoat surfaes until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel stiky under moderate thumb pressure, and until appliation of another oat of paint does not ause underoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Appliation Proedures: Apply paints and oatings by brush, roller, spray, or other appliators aording to manufaturer's written instrutions.. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for surfae or item being painted.. Rollers: Use rollers of arpet, velvet-bak, or high-pile sheep's wool as reommended by manufaturer for material and texture required.. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifie size as reommended by manufaturer for material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thikness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufaturer's reommended spreading rate to ahieve dry film thikness indiated. Provide total dry film thikness of the entire system as reommended by manufaturer. E. Mehanial and Eletrial Work: Painting of mehanial and eletrial work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and oupied spaes. F. Prime Coats: Before applying finish oats, apply a prime oat, as reommended by manufaturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime oated by others. Reoat primed and sealed surfaes where evidene of sution spots or unsealed areas in first oat appears, to ensure a finish oat with no burn-through or other defets due to insuffiient sealing. G. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely over surfaes as neessary to provide a smooth, opaque surfae of uniform finish, olor, appearane, and overage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surfae imperfetions will not be aeptable. H. Completed Work: Math approved samples for olor, texture, and overage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not omplying with requirements..4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test proedure at any time and as often as Owner deems neessary during the period when paint is being applied:. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing ageny to sample paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to Projet will be taken, identified, sealed, and ertified in the presene of Contrator.. Owner may diret Contrator to stop painting if test results show material being used does not omply with speified requirements. Contrator shall remove nonomplying paint from Projet site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaes previously oated with the nonomplying paint. If neessary, Contrator may be required to remove nonomplying paint from previously painted surfaes if, on repainting with speified paint, the two oatings are inompatible.. CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of eah workday, remove empty ans, rags, rubbish, and other disarded paint materials from Projet site.. After ompleting painting, lean glass and paint-spattered surfaes. Remove spattered paint by washing and sraping without srathing or damaging adjaent finished surfaes..6 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaes:. Flat Aryli Finish (Ceiling and Soffits): Two finish oats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior flat aryli paint.. Semi-Gloss Aryli-Enamel Finish: Two finish oats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semi-gloss aryli enamel. B. Wood and Hardboard: Provide the following paint finish systems over new interior wood surfaes:. Semigloss Aryli-Enamel Finish: Two finish oats over a wood underoater. a. Primer: Interior wood primer for aryli-enamel and semigloss alkyd-enamel finishes. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss aryli enamel. C. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal:. Semigloss Aryli-Enamel Finish: Two finish oats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss aryli enamel. END OF SECTION SECTION REINFORCED PLASTIC WALL PANELS. SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in aordane with Conditions of the Contrat and Division 0 Speifiation Setions.. Produt data for eah type of produt speified. Inlude data on physial harateristis, durability, and flame resistane harateristis.. Shop drawings showing loation and extent of FRP panels and aessories. Indiate termination points.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifiations: Engage an experiened Installer, as defined in Division 0, who has ompleted FRP panel installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indiated for Projet that has resulted in onstrution with a reord of suessful in-servie performane with a minimum of five years experiene. B. Fire Performane Charateristis: Provide reinfored plasti wall panels that are idential to those tested in aordane with ASTM E84 for the fire performane harateristis indiated below. Identify wall panel materials with appropriate markings from the testing and inspetion organization.. Flame Spread: 0 or less, Class A.. Smoke Developed: 00 or less. C. Single Soure Responsibility: Obtain eah olor, texture, grade, finish, and type of wall panel material from a single soure with resoures to provide produts of onsistent quality in appearane and physial properties without delaying progress of the Work. PART - PRODUCTS. MANUFACTURERS A. Manufaturer: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide as indiated on the drawings.. REINFORCED PLASTIC WALL PANELS A. Sheet Wall Panels: Provide manufaturer s smooth textured, reinfored plasti sheets, thikness as indiated. Material shall be hemial and stain resistant. Plasti sheets shall omply with performane harateristis speified.. Sheet Size: 48 x 96 inhes.. Sheet Thikness: inh thik. B. Impat Strength: Provide wall panel materials with a minimum impat resistane of ft.lbs/in. nothed when tested in aordane with ASTM D. C. Water Absorption: Provide wall panel materials with a maximum water absorption of.08 perent in 4 hours at deg C. D. Expansion: Provide wall panel materials whih have a thermal oeffiient of linear expansion of.7 x 0- in./in./deg F. E. Government Approval: USDA aepted.. ACCESSORIES A. General: Wall panel manufaturer shall provide all omponents to insure a omplete installation. B. Top Caps, Vertial Divider Bars and Inside Corners: All joints shall reeive moldings olor to math panel. C. Fasteners: Provide high-impat thermoplasti drive rivets, olor to math wall panel. D. Adhesive: As reommended by panel manufaturer for appliation to various substrates. E. Sealant: Silione Sealant olor to math panel.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates sheduled to reeive reinfored plasti wall panel materials for ompliane with manufaturer s requirements and onditions affeting performane.. Wall surfaes to reeive wall panel materials shall be dry and free from dirt, grease, loose paint, and sale.. Do not proeed with installation until unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. General: Prior to installation, lean substrate to remove dust, debris, and loose partiles. Provide skim oat over rough walls to smooth surfae.. Complete all finishing operations, inluding painting, before beginning installation of wall panel materials.. Test masonry and plaster substrates to reeive wall panel with an eletroni moisture meter. Moisture ontent shall be within manufaturer s reommended limits.. Prime and seal substrates, if required, in aordane with wall panel materials manufature s reommendations for the type of substrate. 4. Alimatize materials by removing from pakaging in areas of installation, not less than 48 hours before installation.. INSTALLATION A. General: Install wall panel materials in aordane with manufaturer s reommendations.. Cutting: Do all utting with arbide tipped saw blades or drill bits, or ut with snips.. Install panels with manufaturer s reommended gap for panel field and orner joints.. Install seams plumb at least 4 inhes from orner. On walls taller than length of sheets, end math veneers at horizontal joints. 4. Fasteners holes in the panels must be predrilled /8 inh oversize.. Using a ¼-inh nothed trowel, apply adhesive to panel bak for 00 perent overage. 6. Moldings: Install silione sealant within moldings. Install moldings at all perimeter edges of panels exept above the eiling plane, in the longest pratial lengths. Tightly butt end joints and miter orners of moldings. 7. Installation Type: Full-wall height..4 CLEANING A. General: Immediately upon ompletion of installation, lean plasti and aessories in aordane with the manufaturer s reommendations. B. Remove any exess adhesive or sealant from fae seams, perimeter edges or adjaent surfaes using solvent or leaner reommended by panel manufaturer. C. Remove and replae damaged sheets or sheets that annot be leaned. D. Remove surplus materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from installation upon ompletion of work, and leave areas of installation in neat, lean ondition. END OF SECTION w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 T: F: Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD /6/ G04 SPECIFICATIONS

6 SECTION SIGNAGE. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabriation and installation details for signs.. Show sign mounting heights, loations of supplementary supports to be provided by others, and aessories.. Provide message list, typestyles, graphi elements, inluding tatile haraters and Braille, and layout for eah sign.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabriator Qualifiations: Shop that employs skilled workers who ustom-fabriate produts similar to those required for this Projet and whose produts have a reord of suessful in-servie performane. B. Soure Limitations for Signs: Obtain eah sign type indiated from one soure from a single manufaturer. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with appliable provisions in ADA-ABA Aessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A7... PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proeed with installation only when weather onditions permit installation of signs in exterior loations to be performed aording to manufaturers' written instrutions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: Verify reess openings by field measurements before fabriation and indiate measurements on Shop Drawings..4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate plaement of anhorage devies with templates for installing signs. PART - PRODUCTS. MATERIALS A. Aryli Sheet: ASTM D 480, Category A- (ell-ast sheet), Type UVA (UV absorbing).. PANEL SIGNS A. Interior Panel Signs: Provide smooth sign panel surfaes onstruted to remain flat under installed onditions within a tolerane of plus or minus /6 inh measured diagonally from orner to orner, omplying with the following requirements:. Aryli Sheet: inh thik.. Edge Condition: Beveled.. Corner Condition: Square. 4. Mounting: Unframed, wall mounted with onealed anhors.. Color: As seleted by Arhitet from manufaturer's full range. 6. Tatile Charaters: Charaters and Grade Braille raised / inh above surfae with ontrasting olors.. ACCESSORIES A. Anhors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anhors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for orrosion resistane. Use toothed steel or lead expansion-bolt devies for drilled-inplae anhors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into onrete or masonry work..4 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufaturer's standard signs of onfigurations indiated.. Mill joints to tight, hairline fit. Form joints exposed to weather to exlude water penetration.. Preassemble signs in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs only as neessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation, in loation not exposed to view after final assembly.. Coneal fasteners if possible; otherwise, loate fasteners where they will be inonspiuous.. FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Arhitetural and Metal Produts" for reommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protet mehanial finishes on exposed surfaes from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protetive overing before shipping. C. Appearane of Finished Work: Variations in appearane of abutting or adjaent piees are aeptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Notieable variations in the same piee are not aeptable. Variations in appearane of other omponents are aeptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize ontrast..6 ACRYLIC SHEET FINISHES A. Colored Coatings for Aryli Sheet: For opy and bakground olors, provide olored oatings, inluding inks, dyes, and paints, that are reommended by aryli manufaturers for optimum adherene to aryli surfae and that are UV and water resistant for five years for appliation intended.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and onditions, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements for installation toleranes and other onditions affeting performane of work. B. Verify that items, inluding anhor inserts, are sized and loated to aommodate signs. C. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. INSTALLATION A. Loate signs and aessories where indiated, using mounting methods of types desribed and omplying with manufaturer's written instrutions.. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indiated, with sign surfaes free of distortion and other defets in appearane.. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjaent to lath side of door where appliable. Where not indiated or possible, suh as double doors, install signs on nearest adjaent walls. Loate to allow approah within inhes of sign without enountering protruding objets or standing within swing of door. B. Wall-Mounted Signs: Comply with sign manufaturer's written instrutions exept where more stringent requirements apply.. Shim Plate Mounting: Provide /8-inh- thik, onealed aluminum shim plates with predrilled and ountersunk holes, at loations indiated, and where other mounting methods are not pratiable. Attah plate with fasteners and anhors suitable for seure attahment to substrate. Attah panel signs to plate using method speified above.. Mehanial Fasteners: Use nonremovable mehanial fasteners plaed through predrilled holes. Attah signs with fasteners and anhors suitable for seure attahment to substrate as reommended in writing by sign manufaturer.. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation, lean soiled sign surfaes aording to manufaturer's written instrutions. Protet signs from damage until aeptane by Owner. END OF SECTION SECTION 0 - CUBICLES. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: Inlude durability, laundry temperature limits, fade resistane, and fire-test-response harateristis for eah type of urtain fabri indiated.. Inlude data on eah type of applied urtain treatment. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout and types of ubiles, sizes of urtains, number of arriers, anhorage details, and onditions requiring aessories. Indiate dimensions taken from field measurements.. Inlude details on bloking above eiling. PART - PRODUCTS. CURTAIN TRACKS A. Manufaturer: Inpro Corporation.. Extruded-Aluminum Trak: Not less than -/4 inhes wide by -/8 inh high; with minimum wall thikness of 0.00 inh.. Curved Trak: Fatory-fabriated, foot by foot lengths with 90 degree bend.. Finish: Clear anodized. B. Trak Aessories: Fabriate splies, end aps, onnetors, end stops, oupling and joining sleeves, wall flanges, brakets, eiling lips, and other aessories from same material and with same finish as trak.. Suspended Trak Support: Not less than /8-inh- square tube.. End Stop: Removable with arrier hook.. Hinged Loading Unit: Detahable hinge and lok unit fatory assembled on 60-inh setion of manufaturer's extruded-aluminum trak. Provide operating wand for every 0 ubiles. C. Curtain Carriers: Two nylon rollers and nylon axle with aluminum hook. D. Conealed Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized.. CURTAINS A. Produt: As indiated on drawings.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and onditions, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements for installation toleranes, and other onditions affeting performane of work.. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. INSTALLATION A. General: Install traks level and plumb, aording to manufaturer's written instrutions. B. Up to 0 feet in length, provide trak fabriated from one ontinuous length, mounted as indiated. C. Surfae Trak Mounting: Fasten surfae-mounted traks at intervals of not less than 4 inhes. Fasten support at eah splie and tangent point of eah orner. Center fasteners in trak to ensure unenumbered arrier operation. Attah trak to eiling mehanially fasten to furring through suspended eiling with srew and tube spaer. D. Trak Aessories: Install splies, end aps, onnetors, end stops, oupling and joining sleeves, and other aessories as required for a seure and operational installation. E. Curtain Carriers: Provide urtain arriers adequate for 6-inh spaing along full length of urtain plus an additional arrier. F. Curtains: Hang urtains on eah urtain trak. Seure with urtain tiebak.. PROTECTION A. Protet installed reessed trak openings with nonresidue adhesive tape to prevent onstrution debris from impeding arrier operation. Remove tape prior to Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 0 SECTION WALL PROTECTION. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: Inlude onstrution details, material desriptions, impat strength, fire-test-response harateristis, dimensions of individual omponents and profiles, and finishes for eah impat-resistant wall protetion unit. B. Shop Drawings: For eah impat-resistant wall protetion unit showing loations and extent. Inlude setions, details, and attahments to other work.. For installed produts indiated to omply with design loads, inlude strutural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surfae-Burning Charateristis: Provide impat-resistant, plasti wall protetion units with surfae-burning harateristis as determined by testing idential produts per ASTM E 84, NFPA, or UL 7 by UL or another qualified testing ageny. PART - PRODUCTS. CORNER GUARDS A. Surfae-Mounted, Resilient, Plasti Corner Guards: Assembly onsisting of snap-on plasti over installed over ontinuous retainer; inluding mounting hardware; fabriated with 90- or -degree turn to math wall ondition.. Manufaturers: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts as indiated on drawings.. FABRICATION A. Fabriate impat-resistant wall protetion units to omply with requirements indiated for design, dimensions, and member sizes, inluding thiknesses of omponents. B. Assemble omponents in fatory to greatest extent possible to minimize field assembly. Disassemble only as neessary for shipping and handling. C. Fabriate omponents with tight seams and joints with exposed edges rolled. Provide surfaes free of wrinkles, hips, dents, uneven oloration, and other imperfetions. Fabriate members and fittings to produe flush, smooth, and rigid hairline joints.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and wall areas, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements for installation toleranes and other onditions affeting performane of work. B. Examine walls to whih impat-resistant wall protetion will be attahed for bloking, grounds, and other solid baking that have been installed in the loations required for seure attahment of support fasteners.. For impat-resistant wall protetion units attahed with adhesive or foam tape, verify ompatibility with and suitability of substrates, inluding ompatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Complete finishing operations, inluding painting, before installing impat-resistant wall protetion system omponents. B. Before installation, lean substrate to remove dust, debris, and loose partiles.. INSTALLATION A. General: Install impat-resistant wall protetion units level, plumb, and true to line without distortions. Do not use materials with hips, raks, voids, stains, or other defets that might be visible in the finished Work.. Install impat-resistant wall protetion units in loations and at mounting heights indiated on Drawings.. Provide splies, mounting hardware, anhors, and other aessories required for a omplete installation. a. Provide anhoring devies to withstand imposed loads..4 CLEANING A. Immediately after ompletion of installation, lean plasti overs and aessories using a standard, ammonia-based, household leaning agent. B. Remove exess adhesive using methods and materials reommended in writing by manufaturer. END OF SECTION SECTION TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated. Inlude the following:. Constrution details and dimensions.. Anhoring and mounting requirements, inluding requirements for utouts in other work and substrate preparation.. Material and finish desriptions. 4. Features that will be inluded for Projet.. Manufaturer's warranty. B. Produt Shedule: Indiating types, quantities, sizes, and installation loations by room of eah aessory required.. Identify loations using room designations indiated on Drawings.. Identify produts using designations indiated on Drawings.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Soure Limitations: For produts listed together in the same artiles in Part, provide produts of same manufaturer unless otherwise approved by Arhitet.. COORDINATION A. Coordinate aessory loations with other work to prevent interferene with learanes required for aess by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, leaning, and serviing of aessories. B. Deliver inserts and anhoring devies set into onrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. PART - PRODUCTS. PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. Manufaturers: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts as indiated on drawings.. FABRICATION A. General: Fabriate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and aess panels with full-length, ontinuous hinges. Equip units for onealed anhorage and with orrosion-resistant baking plates. B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal aess to aessories for serviing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.. INSTALLATION A. Install aessories aording to manufaturers' written instrutions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indiated and reommended by unit manufaturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anhored in loations and at heights indiated. B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 0 lbf, when tested aording to method in ASTM F ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust aessories for unenumbered, smooth operation. Replae damaged or defetive items. B. Remove temporary labels and protetive oatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaes aording to manufaturer's written reommendations. END OF SECTION SECTION FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated. Inlude onstrution details, material desriptions, dimensions of individual omponents and profiles, and finishes for fire protetion abinets.. Fire Protetion Cabinets: Inlude roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding onstrution, door hardware, abinet type, trim style, and panel style. B. Shop Drawings: For fire protetion abinets. Inlude plans, elevations, setions, details, and attahments to other work.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Rated, Fire Protetion Cabinets: Listed and labeled to omply with requirements in ASTM E 84 for fire-resistane rating of walls where they are installed.. SEQUENCING A. Apply vinyl lettering on field-painted, fire protetion abinets after painting is omplete. PART - PRODUCTS. FIRE PROTECTION CABINET A. Cabinet Constrution: Rating to math wall system to reeive abinet.. Fire-Rated Cabinets: Construt fire-rated abinets with double walls fabriated from inh- thik, old-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum /8-inh- thik, fire-barrier material. Provide fatory-drilled mounting holes. B. Cabinet Material: Steel sheet. C. Semireessed Cabinet: Cabinet box partially reessed in walls of suffiient depth to suit style of trim indiated; with one-piee ombination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surfae with exposed trim fae and wall return at outer edge (bakbend). Provide where walls are of insuffiient depth for reessed abinets but are of suffiient depth to aommodate semireessed abinet installation.. Square-Edge Trim: -/4- to -/-inh bakbend depth. D. Cabinet Trim Material: Steel sheet. E. Door Material: Steel sheet. F. Door Style: Center glass panel with frame. G. Door Glazing: Tempered float glass (lear). H. Door Hardware: Manufaturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for abinet type, trim style, and door material and style indiated.. Provide manufaturer's standard.. Provide manufaturer's standard hinge permitting door to open 80 degrees. I. Aessories:. Identifiation: Lettering omplying with authorities having jurisdition for letter style, size, spaing, and loation. Loate as indiated. a. Identify fire extinguisher in fire protetion abinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER." ) Loation: Applied to abinet door. ) Appliation Proess: Deals. ) Lettering Color: Blak. 4) Orientation: Vertial. J. Finishes:. Steel: Fatory primed for field painting.. FABRICATION A. Fire Protetion Cabinets: Provide manufaturer's standard box (tub) with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit abinet type, trim style, and door style indiated.. Weld joints and grind smooth.. Provide fatory-drilled mounting holes.. Prepare doors and frames to reeive loks. 4. Install door loks at fatory. B. Cabinet Doors: Fabriate doors aording to manufaturer's standards, from materials indiated and oordinated with abinet types and trim styles seleted.. Fabriate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design, minimum / inh thik.. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. C. Cabinet Trim: Fabriate abinet trim in one piee with orners mitered, welded, and ground smooth.. GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Arhitetural and Metal Produts" for reommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protet mehanial finishes on exposed surfaes of fire protetion abinets from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protetive overing before shipping. C. Finish fire protetion abinets after assembly. D. Appearane of Finished Work: Notieable variations in same piee are not aeptable. Variations in appearane of adjoining omponents are aeptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize ontrast..4 STEEL FINISHES A. Surfae Preparation: Remove mill sale and rust, if present, from unoated steel. After leaning, apply a onversion oating suited to the organi oating to be applied over it.. EXAMINATION A. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and bloking where semireessed abinets will be installed. B. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. PREPARATION A. Prepare reesses for reessed fire protetion abinets as required by type and size of abinet and trim style.. INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire protetion abinets in loations and at mounting heights indiated or, if not indiated, at heights aeptable to authorities having jurisdition. B. Fire Protetion Cabinets: Fasten abinets to struture, square and plumb.. Unless otherwise indiated, provide reessed fire protetion abinets. If wall thikness is not adequate for reessed abinets, provide semireessed fire protetion abinets.. Provide inside lath and lok for break-glass panels.. Fasten mounting brakets to inside surfae of fire protetion abinets, square and plumb. C. Identifiation: Apply deals at loations indiated..4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove temporary protetive overings and strippable films, if any, as fire protetion abinets are installed unless otherwise indiated in manufaturer's written installation instrutions. B. Adjust fire protetion abinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral loking devies operate properly. C. On ompletion of fire protetion abinet installation, lean interior and exterior surfaes as reommended by manufaturer. D. Touh up marred finishes, or replae fire protetion abinets that annot be restored to fatory-finished appearane. Use only materials and proedures reommended or furnished by fire protetion abinet and mounting braket manufaturers. E. Replae fire protetion abinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond suessful repair by finish touhup or similar minor repair proedures. END OF SECTION 0 44 SECTION FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: For eah type of produt indiated. Inlude rating and lassifiation, material desriptions, dimensions of individual omponents and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher. B. Produt Shedule: For fire extinguishers. Coordinate final fire extinguisher shedule with fire protetion abinet shedule to ensure proper fit and funtion. Use same designations indiated on Drawings.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliane: Fabriate and label fire extinguishers to omply with NFPA 0, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and lassifiation by an independent testing ageny aeptable to authorities having jurisdition.. Provide fire extinguishers approved, listed, and labeled by FMG.. COORDINATION A. Coordinate type and apaity of fire extinguishers with fire protetion abinets to ensure fit and funtion. PART - PRODUCTS. PORTABLE, HAND-CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and apaity for eah fire protetion abinet indiated.. Manufaturers: Subjet to ompliane with requirements, provide produts by one of the following: a. Amerex Corporation. b. J. L. Industries, In.; a division of Ativar Constrution Produts Group.. Larsen's Manufaturing Company. d. Pem All Fire Extinguisher Corp.; a division of PEM Systems, In. e. Potter Roemer LLC.. Valves: Manufaturer's standard.. Handles and Levers: Manufaturer's standard. 4. Instrution Labels: Inlude pitorial marking system omplying with NFPA 0, Appendix B and bar oding for doumenting fire extinguisher loation, inspetions, maintenane, and reharging. B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemial Type in Steel Container: UL-rated -A:0-B:C, -lb nominal apaity, with monoammonium phosphate-based dry hemial in enameled-steel ontainer.. Provide a minimum of two fire extinguishers. Verify loations with Arhitet and omply with requirement of loal authorities having jurisdition.. EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper harging and tagging.. Remove and replae damaged, defetive, or underharged fire extinguishers. B. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire extinguishers in loations indiated and in ompliane with requirements of authorities having jurisdition. END OF SECTION SECTION 0 - METAL LOCKERS. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: Inlude onstrution details, material desriptions, dimensions of individual omponents and profiles, and finishes for eah type of metal loker. B. Shop Drawings: Inlude plans, elevations, setions, details, and attahments to other work.. Show base, filler panels, reess trim and other aessories.. Inlude loker identifiation system.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifiations: An authorized representative of metal loker manufaturer for installation and maintenane of units required for this Projet. B. Soure Limitations: Obtain metal lokers and aessories through one soure from a single manufaturer. C. Produt Options: Drawings indiate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of metal lokers and are based on the speifi system indiated. Refer to Division 0 Setion "Produt Requirements.". Do not modify intended aestheti effets, as judged solely by Arhitet, exept with Arhitet's approval. If modifiations are proposed, submit omprehensive explanatory data to Arhitet for review. D. Regulatory Requirements: Where metal lokers are indiated to omply with aessibility requirements, omply with the U.S. Arhitetural & Transportation Barriers Compliane Board's "Amerians with Disabilities At (ADA), Aessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Failities (ADAAG).". Provide not less than shelf loated no higher than 48 inhes above the floor for forward reah.. Provide shelf loated at bottom of loker no lower than inhes above the floor for forward reah.. Provide hardware that does not require tight grasping, pinhing, or twisting of the wrist, and that operates with a fore of not more than lbf.. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify the following by field measurements before fabriation and indiate measurements on Shop Drawings:. Conealed framing, bloking, and reinforements that support metal lokers before they are enlosed.kers without field measurements. Coordinate wall and floor onstrution to ensure that atual reessed opening dimensions orrespond to established dimensions. PART - PRODUCTS. KNOCKED-DOWN, METAL LOCKERS A. Produt: Peno; Vanguard. B. Loker Arrangement: Triple tier. C. Body: Assembled by riveting or bolting body omponents together. Fabriate from unperforated, old-rolled steel sheet with thiknesses as follows:. Tops, Bottoms, and Intermediate Dividers: inh, with single bend at sides.. Baks and Sides: inh thik, with full-height, double-flanged onnetions.. Shelves: inh thik, with double bend at front and single bend at sides and bak. D. Frames: Channel formed; fabriated from 0.08-inh- thik, old-rolled steel sheet; lapped and fatory welded at orners; with top and bottom main frames fatory welded into vertial main frames. Form ontinuous, integral door strike full height on vertial main frames.. Cross Frames between Tiers: Channel formed and fabriated from same material as main frames; welded to vertial frame members.. Frame Vents: Fabriate vertial fae frames with vents. E. Doors: One-piee; fabriated from 0.08-inh- thik, old-rolled steel sheet; formed into hannel shape with double bend at vertial edges, and with right-angle single bend at horizontal edges.. Doors less than inhes wide may be fabriated from inh- thik, old-rolled steel sheet.. Reinforement: Manufaturer's standard reinforing angles, hannels, or stiffeners for doors more than inhes wide; welded to inner fae of doors.. Stiffeners: Manufaturer's standard full-height stiffener fabriated from inh- thik, old-rolled steel sheet; welded to inner fae of doors. 4. Sound-Dampening Panels: Manufaturer's standard, designed to stiffen doors and redue sound levels when doors are losed, of die-formed metal with full perimeter flange and sound-dampening material; welded to inner fae of doors.. Door Style: Vented panel as follows: a. Louvered Vents: Not less than two louver openings at top and bottom, or three louver openings at top or bottom for triple-tier lokers. F. Hinges: Self-losing; welded to door and attahed to door frame with not less than fatory-installed rivets per hinge that are ompletely onealed and tamper resistant when door is losed; fabriated to swing 80 degrees.. Knukle Hinges: Steel, full loop, or 7 knukles, tight pin; minimum inhes high. Provide not less than hinges for eah door more than 4 inhes high. G. Reessed Door Handle and Lath: Stainless-steel up with integral door pull, reessed so loking devie does not protrude beyond fae of door; pry resistant.. Single-Point Lathing: Nonmoving lath hook with steel padlok loop that projets through reessed up and is finished to math metal loker body. a. Produt: Reessed Handle No. 649R. H. Aessories:. Continuous Base: Fabriated from old-rolled steel sheet, manufaturer's standard thikness, but not less than 0.08 inh thik. a. Height: 4 inhes.. Reess Trim: Fabriated from inh- thik, old-rolled steel sheet.. Filler Panels: Fabriated from old-rolled steel sheet, manufaturer's standard thikness, but not less than 0.09 inh thik. 4. Boxed End Panels: Fabriated from 0.08-inh- thik, old-rolled steel sheet.. Finished End Panels: Fabriated from inh- thik, old-rolled steel sheet. I. Finish: Baked enamel in olor as indiated.. FABRICATION A. General: Fabriate metal lokers square, rigid, and without warp; with metal faes flat and free of dents or distortion. Make exposed metal edges free of sharp edges and burrs, and safe to touh.. Form body panels, doors, shelves, and aessories from one-piee steel sheet, unless otherwise indiated.. Provide fasteners, filler plates, supports, lips, and losures as required for a omplete installation. B. Unit Priniple: Fabriate eah metal loker with an individual[ door and] frame; individual top, bottom, and bak; and ommon intermediate uprights separating ompartments. C. Knoked-Down Constrution: Fabriate metal lokers for nominal assembly at Projet site using nuts, bolts, srews, or rivets. Fatory weld frame members together to form a rigid, one-piee assembly. D. Hooks: Manufaturer's standard ball-pointed type, aluminum or steel; zin plated. E. Identifiation Plates: Manufaturer's standard ethed, embossed, or stamped aluminum plates; with numbers and letters at least /8 inh high. F. Continuous Base: Formed into hannel or Z profile for stiffness, and fabriated in lengths as long as pratiable to enlose base and base ends of metal lokers; finished to math lokers. G. Reess Trim: Fabriated with minimum -/-inh fae width and in lengths as long as pratiable; finished to math lokers. H. Filler Panels: Fabriated in an unequal leg angle shape; finished to math lokers. Provide slip joint filler angle formed to reeive filler panel. I. Finished End Panels: Designed for onealing unused penetrations and fasteners, exept for perimeter fasteners, at exposed ends of nonreessed metal lokers; finished to math lokers.. Provide one-piee panels for double-row (bak-to-bak) loker ends. J. Center Dividers: Full-depth, vertial partitions between bottom and shelf; finished to math lokers.. STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after leaning, pretreating, and phosphatizing, apply manufaturer's standard thermosetting baked-enamel finish. Comply with paint manufaturer's written instrutions for appliation, baking, and minimum dry film thikness.. EXAMINATION A. Examine walls, floors, and support bases, with Installer present, for ompliane with requirements for installation toleranes and other onditions affeting performane of work. B. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. INSTALLATION A. General: Install level, plumb, and true; shim as required, using onealed shims.. Anhor loker runs at ends and at intervals reommended by manufaturer, but not more than 6 inhes o.. Install anhors through bakup reinforing plates, hannels, or bloking as required to prevent metal distortion, using onealed fasteners.. Anhor single rows of metal lokers to walls near top and bottom of lokers. B. Knoked-Down Metal Lokers: Assemble knoked-down metal lokers with standard fasteners, with no exposed fasteners on door faes or fae frames. C. Equipment and Aessories: Fit exposed onnetions of trim, fillers, and losures aurately together to form tight, hairline joints, with onealed fasteners and splie plates.. Attah hooks with at least two fasteners.. Attah door loks on doors using seurity-type fasteners.. Identifiation Plates: Identify metal lokers with identifiation indiated on Drawings. a. Attah plates to eah loker door, near top, entered, with at least two aluminum rivets. 4. Attah reess trim to reessed metal lokers with onealed lips.. Attah filler panels with onealed fasteners. Loate fillers panels where indiated on Drawings. 6. Attah boxed end panels with onealed fasteners to oneal exposed ends of nonreessed metal lokers. 7. Attah finished end panels with fasteners only at perimeter to oneal exposed ends of nonreessed metal lokers.. ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A. Clean, lubriate, and adjust hardware. Adjust doors and lathes to operate easily without binding. B. Protet metal lokers from damage, abuse, dust, dirt, stain, or paint. Do not permit metal loker use during onstrution. C. Touh up marred finishes, or replae metal lokers that annot be restored to fatory-finished appearane. Use only materials and proedures reommended or furnished by metal loker manufaturer. END OF SECTION 0 SECTION 48 - ENTRANCE FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES. SUBMITTALS A. Produt Data: Inlude onstrution details, material desriptions, dimensions of individual omponents and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Show the following:. Divisions between mat setions.. Perimeter floor moldings.. Custom Graphis: Sale drawing indiating olors.. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Soure Limitations: Obtain floor mats and frames through one soure from a single manufaturer. B. Aessibility Requirements: Provide installed floor mats that omply with Setion 4. in the U.S. Arhitetural & Transportation Barriers Compliane Board's "Amerians with Disabilities At (ADA), Aessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Failities (ADAAG).". PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Indiate measurements on Shop Drawings..4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and loation of reesses in onrete with installation of finish floors to reeive floor mats and frames. PART - PRODUCTS. ROLL-UP MATS A. Roll-up, Aluminum-Rail Hinged Mats: Extruded-aluminum tread rails inhes wide by /8 inh thik, sitting on ontinuous vinyl ushions.. Tread Inserts: /4-inh- high, 8-oz./sq. yd. weight, level-ut, nylon-pile, fusion-bonded arpet.. Colors, Textures, and Patterns of Inserts: As seleted by Arhitet from manufaturer's full range.. Rail Color: Mill-finish. 4. Hinges: Aluminum.. Mat Size: As indiated. B. Surfae-Mounted Frames:. Tapered Frames: Tapered aluminum frame members, not less than -/ inhes wide, attahed to mat at all 4 edges, with welded mitered orners.. Color: Mill finish.. FABRICATION A. Floor Mats: Shop fabriate units to greatest extent possible in sizes indiated. Unless otherwise indiated, provide single unit for eah mat installation; do not exeed manufaturer's reommended maximum sizes for units that are removed for maintenane and leaning. Where joints in mats are neessary, spae symmetrially and away from normal traffi lanes. Miter orner joints in framing elements with hairline joints or provide prefabriated orner units without joints. B. Surfae-Mounted Frames: As indiated for permanent surfae-mounted installation, omplete with orner onnetors, splie plates or onneting pins, and postinstalled expansion anhors. C. Coat surfaes of aluminum frames that will ontat ementitious material with manufaturer's standard protetive oating.. ALUMINUM FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Arhitetural and Metal Produts" for reommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by AA omply with the system established by the Aluminum Assoiation for designating aluminum finishes. C. Class I, Clear Anodi Finish: AA-MCA4 (Mehanial Finish: nonspeular as fabriated; Chemial Finish: ethed, medium matte; Anodi Coating: Arhitetural Class I, lear oating 0.08 mm or thiker) omplying with AAMA 6.. EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and floor onditions for ompliane with requirements for loation, sizes, and other onditions affeting installation of floor mats and frames.. Proeed with installation only after unsatisfatory onditions have been orreted.. INSTALLATION A. Install reessed mat frames to omply with manufaturer's written instrutions. Set mat tops at height reommended by manufaturer for most effetive leaning ation; oordinate top of mat surfaes with bottom of doors that swing aross mats to provide learane between door and mat. B. Install surfae-type units to omply with manufaturer's written instrutions at loations indiated; oordinate with entrane loations and traffi patterns.. Anhor fixed surfae-type frame members to floor with devies spaed as reommended by manufaturer.. PROTECTION A. After ompleting frame installation and onrete work, provide temporary filler of plywood or fiberboard in reesses and over frames with plywood protetive flooring. Maintain protetion until onstrution traffi has ended and Projet is near Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 48 w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 T: F: Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD /6/ G0 SPECIFICATIONS

7 Door Number Type DOOR SCHEDULE Door Frame Width Height Thikness Material Finish Hardware Material Finish Jamb Head E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 0 /" EXISTING EXISTING HWS-4 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PROPERLY SEAL AND WEATHERPROOF AS REQUIRED. PANIC HARDWARE REQUIRED, IF NOT EXISTING. IF EXISTING, REPAIR FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 0 /" EXISTING EXISTING HWS-4 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PROPERLY SEAL AND WEATHERPROOF AS REQUIRED. PANIC HARDWARE REQUIRED, IF NOT EXISTING. IF EXISTING, REPAIR FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 0 /" EXISTING EXISTING HWS-4 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING SEAL AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. PANIC HARDWARE REQUIRED, IF NOT EXISTING. IF EXISTING REPAIR FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 4E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 0 /" EXISTING EXISTING HWS-4 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING SEAL AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. PANIC HARDWARE REQUIRED, IF NOT EXISTING. IF EXISTING REPAIR FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING HWS-4 EXISTING PT-/ EXISTING EXISTING PUSH BUTTON FOR ELECTRIC STRIKE ON BOTH CHECK-IN AND CHECK-OUT SIDE OF DESK. ON/OFF TOGGLE ON CHECK OUT SIDE OF DESK. ON HALLWAY SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME ONLY 6E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING HWS-4 EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING PUSH BUTTON FOR ELECTRIC STRIKE ON BOTH CHECK-IN AND CHECK-OUT SIDE OF DESK. ON/OFF TOGGLE ON CHECK OUT SIDE OF DESK. 7E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 8E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 9E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 0E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT-/ EXISTING EXISTING ON HALLWAY SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME ONLY E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 4E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 6E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 7 E ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - " GLASS CLEAR LOW E HWS- ANODIZED ALUM. MATCH EXISTING EXTERIOR STOREFRONT J-4 H-4 8R RELOCATE ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING H.M. PT- J- SIM. H- SIM. 9R RELOCATE ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING HWS-4 H.M. PT- J- SIM. H- SIM. PUSH BUTTON FOR ELECTRIC STRIKE ON BOTH CHECK-IN AND CHECK-OUT SIDE OF DESK. ON/OFF TOGGLE ON CHECK OUT SIDE OF DESK. 0E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING E RELOCATE ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- J- SIM. H- SIM. E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 4E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING OFFICE/ENT EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING LOCKSET, IF NOT EXISTING. E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 6E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 7E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 8E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 9E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 0E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - " EXISTING EXISTING HWS-4 EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 4E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING RELOCATE ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING HWS- H.M. PT- J- SIM. H- SIM. 6E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 7E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 8E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 9E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 40 H ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / H.M. MATCH HWS- H.M. PT- J- SIM. H- SIM. LEAD LINED DOOR AND FRAME EXISTING 4E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 4E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 4E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 44E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 4E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 46E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 47E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 48E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 49E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 0E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 60E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 6E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTINGV PT- EXISTING EXISTING 6E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 6E EXISTING 6' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 64E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING 6E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT-/ EXISTING EXISTING ON HALLWAY SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME ONLY 66E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT-/ EXISTING EXISTING ON HALLWAY SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME ONLY 67E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT-/ EXISTING EXISTING ON HALLWAY SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME ONLY 68E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT-/ EXISTING EXISTING ON HALLWAY SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME ONLY 69E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT-/ EXISTING EXISTING ON HALLWAY SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME ONLY 70E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT-/ EXISTING EXISTING ON HALLWAY SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME ONLY 7E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT-/ EXISTING EXISTING ON HALLWAY SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME ONLY 7E EXISTING ' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - / EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PT- EXISTING EXISTING Comments HARDWARE SETS HWS - HWS - 4 HWS - 7 HWS - 0 HWS - EXAM, B.A.T., PROCED., BRKRM., CONF. Butt NOT Hinges USED Ea. Passage Lathset Ea. Floor Stop Frame Sileners Kik Plate PAIR CLOSET DOORS Butt Hinges Pr. NOT Dummy Trim USED Pr. Top Roller Lath Frame Sileners HWS - HWS - PRIVATE OFFICE, FILES, STORAGE, CLOSET HWS - HWS- 6 MAIN ENTRY WAITING/ CORRIDOR X-RAY JANITOR, ELEC., MECH., BIOHAZARD Hvy. Wt. Butt Hinges Ea. Storeroom Lokset Ea. Closer Ea. Floor Stop Ea. Eletri Strike Ea. Push Button (Ref. Tele/Ele. Plan for Loation) Frame Sileners RESTROOM Butt Hinges Ea. NOT Privay Lokset USED Ea. Floor Stop Frame Sileners Kik Plate Ea. Aessible Closer AUDIO RM. Butt Hinges Ea. NOT Passage Lokset USED Ea. Floor Stop Ea. Seal Gasket Ea. Automati Door Bottom Kik Plate HWS - 8 HWS - HWS - 4 Butt Hinges Ea. Offie/Ent. Lokset Ea. Floor Stop Frame Sileners Kik Plate Hvy. Wt. Butt Hinges Ea. Passage Lathset Ea. Floor Stop Frame Sileners Kik Plate RESTROOM Butt Hinges Ea. Privay NOT Lokset USED Ea. Floor Stop Frame Sileners Kik Plate CORRIDOR (RATED) Hvy. Wt. Butt Hinges Ea. Passage Lathset Ea. Closer Ea. Magneti Hold Open (Coordinate w/ Ele. for Power Supply Ea. Floor Stop Frame Sileners Pr. Coordinator Ea. Automati Door Bottom BUILDING EXTERIOR Math Existing Provide Pani Hardware, Lok, Closer, Threshold, Door Viewer and Weatherstripping If Not Existing, Provide Butt Hinges (NRP) PASSAGE LATCH: SCHLAGE D SERIES, RHODES STYLE, ND0S, FINISH 66 SATIN CHROME OFFICE/ ENT. LOCK: SCHLAGE D SERIES, RHODES STYLE, ND0PD, FINISH 66 SATIN CHROME PRIVACY LOCK: SCHLAGE D SERIES, RHODES STYLE, ND40S, FINISH 66 SATIN CHROME STOREROOM LOCK: SCHLAGE D SERIES, RHODES STYLE, ND80PD, FINISH 66 SATIN CHROME DUMMY TRIM: SCHLAGE D SERIES, RHODES STYLE, ND70, FINISH 66 SATIN CHROME HWS - 9 HWS - HWS- Hvy. Wt. Butt Hinges Ea. Offie/Ent. Lokset Ea. Closer Ea. Floor Stop Frame Sileners Butt Hinges Ea. Storeroom Lokset Ea. Floor Stop Frame Sileners Kik Plate TELECOM Butt Hinges NOT Ea. Storeroom Lokset USED - Keyed Separate Ea. Floor Stop Frame Sileners Ea. Kik Plate Ea. Aessible Closer STOREFRONT & VESTIBULE BUTT HINGES: HAGER FULL MORTISE 4 /" x 4 /"x, BB9, BRASS WITH STAINLESS STEEL PIN, FINISH 66 SATIN CHROME MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD/ PROVIDE NOT LOCK, CLOSER, USED THRESHOLD, AND SILL PROTECTOR PAIR DOORS (JAN, ELEC, MECH, BIO) Butt Hinges Pr. NOT Dummy Trim USED Ea. Storeroom Lokset Frame Sileners 4 Kik Plate HVY-WT BUTT HINGES: HAGER FULL MORTISE 4 /" x 4 /"x, BB99, BRASS WITH STAINLESS STEEL PIN, FINISH 66 SATIN CHROME DUAL ACTING HINGES: HAGER 0 - GRADE DUAL ACTING HINGES, 6", ALUMINUM FINISH CLOSER: LCN-4040, STND. ALUMINUM POWDER COAT ACCESSIBLE CLOSER: LCN-404, STND. ALUMINUM POWDER COAT DOORSTOP: TRIMCO WITH CARPET RISER, ALUMINUM FINISH KICK PLATE: TRIMCO K00 " x " LDW, FINISH 60 SATIN STAINLESS STEEL PERIMETER SEAL GASKET: NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS, 7 NA AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM: NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS, 0SA BI-FOLD DOOR SET: JOHNSON HARDWARE, 00FD SERIES FOLDING DOOR HARDWARE SET DOOR SILENCERS: TRIMCO 9A 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 MARK TYPE WINDOW SCHEDULE R.O. Glazing Head Width Height Type Material Finish Head Jamb Sill Thikness Type Height Comments TOP ROLLER LATCH: IVES RL, STAINLESS STEEL SILL PROTECTOR: MATCH EXISTING OR REESE #800 THRESHOLD: PEMKO 00AT L ' - 0" ' - 0" Fixed H.M PT- H-4 J-4 H-4 SIM " GL- ' - 7 /" LEAD IMPREGNATED GLASS AND LEAD LINED FRAME. CLEAR GLASS AREA TO BE 8" X 8". VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY X-RAY CONSULTANT DOOR BOTTOM SWEEP: PEMKO 4CNB WEATHERSTRIP: PEMKO 0AS DOOR & FRAME PROFILES WINDOW & FRAME PROFILES DEADLATCH: ADAMS RITE 4900, FINISH US6D SATIN CHROME DOOR PULL: TRIMCO 9-, FINISH 60 SATIN STAINLESS STEEL PADDLE OPERATOR: ADAMS RITE 49, FINISH US6D SATIN CHROME ELECTRIC STRIKE: ADAMS RITE 700. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. PUSH-BUTTON: SECURITRON PBR, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. MOUNT AT UNDERSIDE OF CHECK-IN DESK, COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER. MAG LOCK: PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S SECURITY VENDOR, G.C. TO PREP FRAME AS REQ'D (LOCATED AT INTERIOR VESTIBULE DOOR) RIM EXIT DEVICE: YALE 700 X 6F, FINISH 60 SATIN STAINLESS STEEL CYLINDER - AS REQUIRED: SCHLAGE, FINISH US6D SATIN CHROME STOREFRONT LEVER AND DEADLATCH: ADAMS RITE 469 SERIES W/ 40 SERIES DEADLATCH 7' - 0" ' - 6" ' - 0" ' - 6" ' - 6" ' - 0" 6' - 0" ' - 0" A ALUMN & GLASS STOREFRONT DOORS W/ SIDELIGHTS AND TRANSOM /" TEMPERED GLASS B INSULATED DOOR W/ PANIC HARDWARE PAINT FRAME AND DOOR TO MATCH WALL APPROVED PANIC HARDWARE STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE C SOLID WOOD DOOR W/SIDELIGHT AND TRANSOM IN HOLLOW METAL FRAME PAINT FRAME AND DOOR TO MATCH WALL / TEMPERED GLASS D SOLID WOOD DOOR W/ HOLLOW METAL FRAME PAINT FRAME AND DOOR TO MATCH WALL STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE 7' - 0" ' - 0" ' - ' - 0" 0" E ALUM. & GLASS STOREFRONT DOOR / TEMPERED GLASS MIN. 7' - 0" " " VARIES " F HOLLOW METAL CASED OPENING PAINT FRAME AND DOOR TO MATCH WALL 7' - 0" " " 6' - 0" " G SOLID WOOD DOORS W/ HOLLOW METAL FRAME PAINT FRAME AND DOOR TO MATCH WALL PAINT FRAME AND DOOR TO MATCH WALL H HOLLOW METAL DOOR W/ HOLLOW METAL FRAME STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE 7' - 0" " PAINT FRAME AND DOOR TO MATCH WALL " VARIES " I HOLLOW METAL SLIDING GLASS DOOR W/ HOLLOW METAL FRAME L FIXED WINDOW PAINT FRAME TO MATCH WALL / TEMPERED GLASS DOOR VIEWER: ROCKWOOD MFG 6 - UL LISTED 90 DEGREE, FINISH DCRM DULL CHROME 0/6/ HEAD & JAMB DETAILS /" TYP. WALL TYPE AS SCHEDULED () STUD ALL AROUND FRAME TYP. /" TYP. EXISTING EXTERIOR MASONRY WALL MASONRY ANCHORS /" TYP. WALL TYPE AS SCHEDULED () STUD ALL AROUND FRAME TYP. WALL TYPE AS SCHEDULED / TEMPERED GLASS WALL TYPE AS SCHEDULED /" TEMPERED GLASS " " " HOLLOW METAL FRAME ANCHORED TO STUDS ALL AROUND PRESSED METAL WELDED FRAME ANCHORED TO STUDS ALL AROUND PRESSED METAL WELDED FRAME ANCHORED TO STUDS ALL AROUND H.M. SYSTEM ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM H- DOOR AS SCHEDULED H- DOOR AS SCHEDULED H- H-4 DOOR AS SCHEDULED DOOR AS SCHEDULED H- 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD 0 WALL TYPE AS SCHEDULED () STUD ALL AROUND FRAME TYP. DOOR AS SCHEDULED EXISTING EXTERIOR MASONRY WALL MASONRY ANCHORS DOOR AS SCHEDULED WALL TYPE AS SCHEDULED () STUD ALL AROUND FRAME TYP. / TEMPERED GLASS H.M. SYSTEM /" TEMPERED GLASS ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM DOOR, WINDOW, AND PLUMBING SCHEDULES J- HOLLOW METAL FRAME ANCHORED TO STUDS ALL AROUND J- PRESSED METAL WELDED FRAME ANCHORED TO STUDS ALL AROUND J- PRESSED METAL WELDED FRAME ANCHORED TO STUDS ALL AROUND WALL TYPE AS SCHEDULED J-4 DOOR AS SCHEDULED WALL TYPE AS SCHEDULED J- DOOR AS SCHEDULED A00

8 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 NOTE: MATERIALS NOT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS CONSIDERED TO BE. CODE TYPE / STYLE / COLOR PRODUCT INFORMATION FINISHES KEY - FLOORING MANUFACTURER / REP. ESTIMATED LEAD TIMES CPT- CONCENTRA CARPET: CON-BL SUPPLIED BY GC / CONTACT TANDUS / SEE G00 CLASS A V- VINYL PLANK/ X 6"/ NATURAL CREATIONS ARBORART/ TP0 ROAN - OAK NATURAL SUPPLIED BY OWNER / CONTACT SPECTRA - SEE G00 FLOOR FINISH SUPPLIED BY OWNER. APPLY COATS. CLASS A V- VINYL PLANK/ X 6"/ NATURAL CREATIONS ARBORART/ TP0 AMERICAN WALNUT SIENNA SUPPLIED BY OWNER / CONTACT SPECTRA - SEE G00 FLOOR FINISH SUPPLIED BY OWNER. APPLY COATS. CLASS A VCT/ STANDARD EXCELON/ IMPERIAL TEXTURE " X "/ 80 CAMEL BEIGE SUPPLIED BY GC / ARMSTRONG -877-ARMSTRONG WEEKS CLASS A V-4 VCT/ STANDARD EXCELON/ IMPERIAL TEXTURE" X " / 809 DESERT BEIGE SUPPLIED BY GC / ARMSTRONG -877-ARMSTRONG WEEKS CLASS A V- SHEET VINYL / MEDITONE / SAND LIGHT H89 SUPPLIED BY GC / ARMSTRONG -877-ARMSTRONG WEEKS HEAT WELDED AT SEAMS, TURN UP WALL 6" CLASS A REMARKS INTERIOR FINISH CLASSIFICATION CODE TYPE / STYLE / COLOR PRODUCT INFORMATION FINISHES KEY - BASE MANUFACTURER / REP. ESTIMATED LEAD TIMES RB- RUBBER BASE/ / SILVER GRAY 6 SUPPLIED BY OWNER / ARMSTRONG WEEKS CLASS A RB- RUBBER BASE/ or 6"/ DESERT SAND 7 SUPPLIED BY OWNER / ARMSTRONG WEEKS CLASS A RB- RUBBER BASE/ / MALT 0 SUPPLIED BY OWNER / ARMSTRONG WEEKS TO BE USED ON MILLWORK CLASS A REMARKS INTERIOR FINISH CLASSIFICATION CODE TYPE / STYLE / COLOR PRODUCT INFORMATION FINISHES KEY - CEILING MANUFACTURER / REP. ESTIMATED LEAD TIMES REMARKS ACT- ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN TILE ' x 4'/ DX/DXL ' x 4' SUSPENSION/ FLAT WHITE/OLYMPIA MICRO CLIMAPLUS 44 USG/ WEEKS CLASS A PT- INTERIOR LATEX/FLAT FINISH/ SNOWDROP SW6 SHERWIN WILLIAMS READILY AVAILABLE GYP. BD. CEILING INTERIOR FINISH CLASSIFICATION CODE TYPE / STYLE / COLOR FINISHES KEY - WALLS / DOORS / TRIM PRODUCT INFORMATION MANUFACTURER / REP. ESTIMATED LEAD TIMES REMARKS PT- INTERIOR LATEX/ SEMI-GLOSS FINISH/ NATURAL CHOICE SW70 SHERWIN WILLIAMS READILY AVAILABLE GENERAL WALLS - REQUIRES LEVEL FINISH PT- INTERIOR LATEX/ SEMI-GLOSS FINISH/ COMMODORE SW64 SHERWIN WILLIAMS READILY AVAILABLE CURVED SOFFIT - REQUIRES LEVEL FINISH INTERIOR LATEX/ SEMI-GLOSS FINISH/ COSMOS SW68 SHERWIN WILLIAMS READILY AVAILABLE EXAM CORE WALLS - REQUIRES LEVEL FINISH PT-4 INTERIOR LATEX/ SEMI-GLOSS FINISH/ REVEL BLUE SW60 SHERWIN WILLIAMS READILY AVAILABLE PHYSICIAN TASK WALL - REQUIRES LEVEL FINISH INTERIOR FINISH CLASSIFICATION 0/6/ CODE TYPE / STYLE / COLOR FINISHES KEY - SPECIALTIES PRODUCT INFORMATION MANUFACTURER / REP. ESTIMATED LEAD TIMES REMARKS 60 SURFACE MOUNT CORNER GUARD/ 90 DEGREES/ " WING/ CLAM SHELL 04 INPRO CORP/ CG- 60 SURFACE MOUNT CORNER GUARD/ 90 DEGREES/ " WING/ BUOYANT BLUE 0 INPRO CORP/ APPLIED ONLY AT EXAM CORE WALLS FRP- IPC RIGID VINYL SHEETS/.060 THICKNESS/ CLAM SHELL 04 INPRO CORP/ GL- FROSTED GLASS VISION PRODUCTS/ OR EQUAL 4- WEEKS STOREFRONT, STOREFRONT DOORS, AND DOOR CLASS A TRANSOMS AND SIDELIGHTS GL- CLEAR GLASS VISION PRODUCTS/ OR EQUAL 4- WEEKS USED IN ALL WINDOWS CLASS A PL- LAMINATE/ SHAKER CHERRY WILSONART/ WEEKS CLASS A LAMINATE/ FONTHILL PEAR WILSONART/ WEEKS CLASS A COLORCORE LAMINATE/ NEW WHITE 7C-8/ MATTE FINISH FORMICA/ -800-FORMICA 4 WEEKS CLASS A SS- SOLID SURFACE/ DURANGO 974EA WILSONART/ CLASS A ST- SLATE STACKED STONE/ 7" x 6"/ GOLDEN SUN S78 DALTILE/ JONATHAN STUDIOSO (704) WEEKS INSTALL SEAMS AT RANDOM CLASS A UP- PERFORMANCE VINYL/ SPIRIT MILLENIUM/ SAND US-84-4 WEEKS TYPE II WC- VINYL WALLCOVERING/ NACNT KOROSEAL/ WEEKS TYPE II X 6 POPLAR PAINTED INTERIOR LATEX/ SEMI-GLOSS FINISH/ NATURAL CHOICE SW70 SHERWIN WILLIAMS READILY AVAILABLE WOOD WALL GUARDS ON GENERAL WALLS WHERE INDICATED WG- X 6 POPLAR PAINTED INTERIOR LATEX/ SEMI-GLOSS/ HONEST BLUE SW60 SHERWIN WILLIAMS READILY AVAILABLE WALL GUARDS ON CORE EXAM WALLS INTERIOR FINISH CLASSIFICATION 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD MATERIALS SCHEDULE A00

9 8 PARTITION TYPE 8 8a SECTION PLAN USE FRP ON ONE SIDE ONLY CONTINUOUS TOP RUNNER CEILING-SEE RCP /8" GYPSUM BOARD ON BOTH SIDES /8" X GA. METAL O.C. MINERAL FIBER BATT INSULATION, FILL ALL VOIDS CONTINUOUS 0 GA. FLOOR RUNNER FLOORING - SEE FINISH SCHEDULE /8" GYPSUM BOARD ON BOTH SIDES SEE FLOOR PLAN FIN. FLOOR ELEV. /8" X GA. METAL O.C. MINERAL FIBER BATT INSULATION, PACK ALL VOIDS. DECK ABOVE 6 PARTITION TYPE 6 6a SECTION PLAN FRP ONE SIDE ONLY CEILING AS SCHEDULED CEILING-SEE RCP /8" GYPSUM BOARD ON BOTH SIDES FRP - SEE FINISH SCHEDULE /8" 0 GA. METAL 6" O.C. MINERAL FIBER BATT INSULATION, PACK ALL VOIDS BASE AS SCHEDULED CONTINUOUS 0 GA. FLOOR RUNNER FLOORING - SEE FINISH SCHEDULE SEE FLOOR PLAN FIN. FLOOR ELEV. /8" TYPE GYPSUM BOARD ON BOTH SIDES /8" X 0 GA. METAL 6" O.C. MINERAL FIBER BATT INSULATION, PACK ALL VOIDS 4 METAL FURRING -- SEE PLAN FOR PARTITION THICKNESS MIN. /" 0 GA. FURRING 6" O.C. VERTICAL TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK OR EXTEND 6" ABOVE. FINISH CEILING AS REQUIRED. PARTITION TYPE 4 - FURRING /8" GYP TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK OR EXTEND 6" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING (AS REQUIRED) EXISTING OR NEW MASONRY PARTITION, METAL / CONCRETE COLUMN, OR OTHER PARTITION REQUIRING FURRING TO APPLY WALL FINISHES NOTE: ATTACH METAL STUDS TO EXISTING WALL OR COLUMN W/ LIP CONNECTION " O.C. HORIZONTAL & 48" O.C. VERTICAL TO ALLOW STUDS MOVEMENT INDEPENDENT OF EXISTING STRUCTURE. 4a 4b 6" USE 6" X 0GA MTL STUD. LEAD LINING X-RAY SIDE OF ROOM, COORDINATE WITH TENANTS PHYSICIST REPORT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION USE /8" MTL. 6" O.C. CEILING-SEE RCP STRUCTURE ABOVE CONTINUOUS METAL STUD TRACK, ANCHOR W/ # SELF TAPPING SCREWS AT EACH STUD. 6 / SECTION PLAN PARTITION TYPE ATTACH TO STRUCTURE W/ #8 O.C. /8" GA. CONTINUOUS METAL STUD TOP RUNNER ATTACH KICKERS W/ #0 SCREWS 6" O.C. EA. SIDE ANGLED SPANS OVER 6' - 0" STEEL RUNNER CHANNEL ANCHOR O.C. TO STUD BRACING W/ SLIP JOINT CEILING AS SCHEDULED /8" GYPSUM BOARD ON BOTH SIDES MINERAL FIBER BATT INSULATION, PACK ALL VOIDS CONTINUOUS 0 GA. FLOOR RUNNER FLOORING - SEE FINISH SCHEDULE /8" GYPSUM BOARD ON BOTH SIDES CEILING-SEE RCP /8" 0 GA. METAL 6" O.C. /6" LEAD LINING X-RAY SIDE OF ROOM, U.N.O. IN TENANTS PHYSICIST REPORT. COORDINATE WITH PHYSICIST REPORT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SEE FLOOR PLAN FIN. FLOOR ELEV. /8" 0 GA. METAL 6" O.C. MINERAL FIBER BATT INSULATION, PACK ALL VOIDS /6" LEAD LINING X-RAY SIDE OF ROOM, U.N.O. IN TENANTS PHYSICIST REPORT. COORDINATE WITH PHYSICIST REPORT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. GENERAL NOTES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. LOCATE PARTITIONS AS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLAN. DIMENSIONS ON FLOOR PLAN TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER OTHER PLANS. ARCHITECT TO BE NOTIFIED OF ANY DEVIATION FROM CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS OR CLEARANCES AS DESIGNATED ON PLAN OR OF APPARENT CONSTRUCTION CONFLICT. ALL DIMENSIONS TO BE VERIFIED AND ANY DISCREPANCIES PROMPTLY REPORTED TO ARCHITECT.. OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MODIFYING COLUMN FURRING, RELOCATING PIPES OR SIMILAR ITEMS. ADJUST ALL OTHER FIELD CONDITIONS REQUIRED TO FIT PLANS.. PROVIDE ALL FRAMING, BRACING, BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SHIMS AS REQUIRED FOR DOOR FRAMES, MEP WORK, MILLWORK, CASEWORK, ACCESSORIES, MISCELLANEOUS FIXTURES, AND FITTINGS. 4. PROVIDE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT TO ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WORK OR DEMOLITION WORK.. VERIFY ROUGH OPENING DIMENSION OF APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH PARTITIONS AND CASEWORK. 6. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE FIRE SEALED AND CAULKED TO MAINTAIN THEIR RATING AS REQUIRED. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ACCURATE FIELD DIMENSIONS FOR MILLWORK FABRICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ALL FINISHES WALL TO WALL EXCEPT CARPET PRIOR TO MILLWORK DELIVERY. CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT PLUMBING OPENINGS FOR PIPING, SINKS, ETC IN THE FIELD. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF MILLWORK SHALL BE PROVIDED BY TENANT'S REP OR ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY WORK BEING DONE ON MILLWORK. 8. REPLACE ANY DOOR THRESHOLDS WHICH DO NOT COMPLY WITH ADAAG. THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT EXCEED /" IN HEIGHT. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND FLOOR LEVEL CHANGES SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN :. PATCH AND RESURFACE WALKS AREAS AS REQUIRED. 9. REFERENCE SHEET A00 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. COORDINATE KEYING WITH TENANT. 0. VERIFY QUANTITY AND CONDITION OF EXISTING DOORS, DOOR FRAMES, AND HARDWARE BEFORE PURCHASING ANY NEW MATERIAL. REUSE EXISTING WHERE POSSIBLE. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.. REFERENCE SHEET G00 FOR PLUMBING SCHEDULE.. REFERENCE SHEET A FOR LIGHTING SCHEDULE.. EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE REMOVED, STORED AND REINSTALLED, COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES. 4. PRIOR TO FLOOR PENETRATIONS, X-RAY FLOOR AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS.. AT ALL TOILET ROOMS, PROVIDE NEW ADAAG COMPLIANT SIGNAGE, COORDINATE FINISHES WITH TENANT. 6. IN FULLY SPRINKLED BUILDINGS, VERY ALL AREAS TO REMAIN ARE FULLY FIRE SPRINKLED. 7. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS IN FINISH SCHEDULE. 8. FINISHED DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE FREE OF DEFECTS WHICH INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO JOINT RIDGING, STARVED JOINTS, DAMAGED EDGES, NON ALIGNMENT, NAIL POPS, PIN HOLES, AND DISCOLORATION THAT WILL BLEED THROUGH THE FINISH. FINISH WALL SHALL BE TRUE AND SQUARE. KEY NOTES ALIGN FACE OF NEW PARTITION WALL WITH EXISTING. NEW ADJUSTABLE WHITE WIRE SHELVING SYSTEM. PROVIDE BLOCKING AT WALL, REF. STND. MTS. HTS. DETAIL. - SEE DETAIL 7/A0 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 NEW ADJUSTABLE WHITE WIRE SHELVING SYSTEM. PROVIDE BLOCKING AT WALL, REF. STND. MTS. HTS. DETAIL. START A.F.F. START 78" A.F.F. - SEE DETAIL 7/A0 0E 4 / WATERLINE FOR COFFEE STATION OR WATER DISPENSER. OFFICE OFFICE ELEC 9 NEW HOSPITAL CURTAIN AND TRACK AS SPEC. - SEE EQUIPMENT PLAN AND SCHEDULE AND GRAPHICS PLAN AND SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. 4b 9E ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS LEGEND 7 T- CH-B CH-B CH-B CH-B CH-B CH-B CH-B CH-B CM- CM- CM- CM- CB- MAS WELCOME & CHECK-IN 7 CK- CH- LP- CM- T- CH-B CH-B CH-B CM- CH-4 CM- CM- CB- TOILET 6 6a A0 8R 6" 8 9R EQ EQ PT STG E 0E 4 OFFICE E HALLWAY E VB- CR- 4E CH- E CH- CH- CH- CT- CH- CH- CH- 6E CH- 8E HVAC 6 7E TELE 7 STG 0 7E E MENS 8 AUDIO 46 E WOMENS 7 BAT 47 EXAM 48 BREAK ROOM 6 EXAM 49 EXAM 7E 70E 69E 68E 67E 66E 0 E MD OFFICE EXAM 4E SPIRO STORAGE 4 6E 8 8E 6E CMD OFFICE 7E MD LOUNGE STG t i? t i LEGEND EQUIPMENT TAG - SEE SCHEDULE A0 FINISH TAG - SEE SCHEDULE A00 FURNITURE TAG - SEE SCHEDULE A0 CASEWORK TAG - SEE SCHEDULE A0 GRAPHIC TAG - SEE SCHEDULE EG0 EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION CG- CG- FLOOR PLAN A0 /6" = '-0" LAUNDRY CG- CG- CG- CG- CG- 7 CG- E CG- PHYSICAL THERAPY 9 4E PT WORKSTATION 8 6E PT OFFICE 9 E CONFERENCE COD 40 8E 9E 4 E E DRUG TEST 4 E DT TLT E 4 NURSE'S STATION CHECK IN 4 8 DRUG TEST E 4 0E DT TLT 44 4E VESTIBULE 00 7E WELCOME LOUNGE 0 E HALLWAY 4 47E PHYS STATION EXAM 6 6E 48E EXAM 7 DT TLT 04 UDS 0 4E 44E 6E 6E 46E TLT TLT EXAM 64 OFFICE E 49E 6E CLOSET 60 EXAM 6 EXAM 6 STORAGE 67 LAB 68 60E 0E E PROCEDURE 06 64E E EXAM 6 EXAM 6 EXAM 4E 66 6" 4E 9E 40 CH- ' - 0" PH- XR- ' - 7 / A0 PROCEDURE NOTE: G.C. TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO ARCHITECT 07 FILE 09 CH-4 XR- XR- XR-6 ' - 0" CLEAR XR-4 XR- FS- FS- FS- FS- FS- FS- FS- 4b 4b XR- X-RAY 08 6' - 0" A0 ROOM SCHEDULE # Name Area 00 VESTIBULE 0 SF 0 WELCOME LOUNGE 66 SF 0 UDS 48 SF 04 DT TLT 8 SF 0 OFFICE 79 SF 06 PROCEDURE 4 SF 07 PROCEDURE 66 SF 08 X-RAY 00 SF 09 FILE SF MD LOUNGE 8 SF STG 6 SF CMD OFFICE 99 SF 4 STORAGE 78 SF MD OFFICE 78 SF 6 BREAK ROOM 09 SF 7 WOMENS 4 SF 8 MENS 97 SF 9 ELEC 4 SF 0 STG SF OFFICE 79 SF OFFICE 90 SF 7 SF 4 9 SF 9 SF 6 TOILET SF 7 MAS WELCOME & CHECK-IN 60 SF 8 PT WORKSTATION SF 9 PHYSICAL THERAPY 64 SF PT STG 76 SF OFFICE 7 SF 4 CONFERENCE SF 6 HVAC 4 SF 7 TELE 9 SF 8 NURSE'S STATION 4 SF 9 PT OFFICE 60 SF 40 COD 89 SF 4 DRUG TEST 0 SF 4 DRUG TEST 0 SF 4 DT TLT 6 SF 44 DT TLT 6 SF 4 CHECK IN 4 SF 46 AUDIO 6 SF 47 BAT 9 SF 48 EXAM 9 SF 49 EXAM 9 SF 0 EXAM 60 SF EXAM 6 SF SPIRO SF PHYS STATION 6 SF 4 HALLWAY 077 SF HALLWAY 0 SF 6 EXAM SF 7 EXAM 6 SF 8 TLT SF 9 TLT SF 60 CLOSET SF 6 EXAM 6 SF 6 EXAM 64 SF 6 EXAM SF 64 EXAM 8 SF 6 EXAM SF 66 EXAM SF 67 STORAGE 09 SF 68 LAB 6 SF 7 LAUNDRY 6 SF Grand total: 6 49 SF 0/6/ 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD FLOOR PLAN A0

10 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 Type Mark Count Desription G.C. Provide & Install G.C. Install only EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Owner Provide & Install Manufaturer Model Type Comments Comments 9 CORNER GUARD/ 90 DEGREES/ " WING/ CLAM SHELL 04 CG- 9 CORNER GUARD/ 90 DEGREES/ " WING/ BUOYANT BLUE 0 X INPRO 60 SURFACE MOUNT X INPRO 60 SURFACE MOUNT INPRO CORP/ INPRO CORP/ CM- COMPUTER MONITOR X TBD CM- COMPUTER KEYBOARD X TBD CM- COMPUTER TOWER X TBD CM- PULLOUT KEYBOARD TRAY X OFFICE DEPOT 800 MARTHA HARPER LP- LASER PRINTER X TBD PH- WALL MOUNTED PHONE X CISCO RK- LEAD VEST RACK XR- X-RAY MACHINE X SOUTHWEST X-RAY CO. MARGEE BEATTIE X 08 XR- WALL/ CHEST BOARD X SOUTHWEST X-RAY CO. MARGEE BEATTIE X 08 XR- GENERATOR X SOUTHWEST X-RAY CO. MARGEE BEATTIE X 08 XR-4 X-RAY EQUIPMENT CART X SOUTHWEST X-RAY CO. MARGEE BEATTIE X 08 XR- DIGITAL PROCESSOR X SOUTHWEST X-RAY CO. MARGEE BEATTIE X 08 XR-6 X-RAY EQUIPMENT SHELF X SOUTHWEST X-RAY CO. MARGEE BEATTIE X 08 XR-7 PLUNGER STYLE KILL SWITCH X TBD BY GC 0/6/ CASEWORK SCHEDULE Type Mark Desription Count Loation CK- CHECK-IN/OUT DESK MAS CHECK-IN/OUT XR- COUNTER X-RAY CONTROL ROOM FURNITURE SCHEDULE Type Mark Count Desription Model Manufaturer Contat Cost Purhased By Comments CB- OFFICE CUBICLE TBD OFFICE DEPOT MARTHA HARPER OWNER CH- GLOBAL COMET ALLANTE VINYL A LIGHT SAND/ TUNGSTEN FRAME 7-A LIGHT OFFICE DEPOT MARTHA HARPER OWNER SAND TUN FRAME CH-B GLOBAL SUPRA ARMCHAIR TBD W/ TUNGSTEN FRAME/ CRESCENT ARTIC 800 TUN - CRESCENT ARTIC 800 OFFICE DEPOT MARTHA HARPER OWNER CH- 9 GLOBAL GRANADA CHAIR W/ ARMS W/ TUNGSTEN FRAME/ CRESENT OATMEAL 70 -BK-70C6R OFFICE DEPOT MARTHA HARPER OWNER CH-4 GLOBAL GRANADA TALL DRAFTING STOOL W/ BLACK FRAME 78-BK-70-C6R OFFICE DEPOT MARTHA HARPER OWNER CR- GLOBAL-GENOA CREDENZA/ TIGER FRUITWOOD G066CK-TFW OFFICE DEPOT MARTHA HARPER OWNER CT- GLOBAL 0' CONFERENCE TABLE - TIGER FRUITWOOD GCT0WBXBU-TFW OFFICE DEPOT MARTHA HARPER OWNER FS- 7 HON OPEN SHELF FILE/PUTTY 66 N L OFFICE DEPOT MARTHA HARPER OWNER T- GLOBAL PLYNTH CYLINDER/ D X "H/ TIGER WALNUT TWL FINISH GCYP4 OFFICE DEPOT MARTHA HARPER OWNER VB- VISUAL BOARD/ TIGER FRUITWOOD GVB4848-TFW OFFICE DEPOT MARTHA HARPER OWNER 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD SCHEDULES A0

11 D D LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MARK DESCRIPTION COUNT MODEL MANUFACTURER REFLECTOR VOLTAGE WATTAGE MOUNTING LAMP COMMENTS B 7" VERTICAL COMPACT FLOURESCENT - DIMMING 6 SP7VF--4-DL-70SG SPECTRUM SOFT GLOW 0 4 RECESSED UCF4TE/80 Grand total: 6 LIGHTING LEGEND TYPE B B-EM F F-EM K SYMBOL DESCRIPTION RECESSED COMPACT FLOURESCENT RECESSED COMPACT FLOURESCENT W/ EMERG. X 4 LAY-IN LINEAR FLOURESCENT CENTER SPLIT X 4 LAY-IN LINEAR FLOURESCENT CENTER SPLIT W/ EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK RECESSED LINEAR WALL WASH SEE ELECTRICAL (E) FOR DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS LOCATION HEIGHT FLUSH WITH CEILING FLUSH WITH CEILING EX EXIT SIGN SEE ELEVATIONS FLUSH WITH CEILING FLUSH WITH CEILING FLUSH WITH CEILING L LINEAR FLUORESCENT UNDER CABINET L LINEAR FLUORESCENT UNDER CABINET NOTES GENERAL NOTES. VERIFY CEILING HEIGHTS AND PLENUNM CONDITIONS FOR CLEARANCE OF DUCTWORK, LIGHTING AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS TO ASSURE THE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHT INDICATED ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.. REFERENCE MEP DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. COORDINATE WORK OF ALL DISCIPLINES.. INSTALLATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH TRADES TO MINIMIZE CONFLICTS. CEILING DIFFUSERS ARE TO BE RELOCATED TO MAINTAIN NEW LIGHT FIXTURE PATTERNS. 4. FIXTURES SHOWN ON PLANS ARE SUGGESTED LOCATION TO PROVIDE GENERAL ILLUMINATION. IF FIXTURE IMPEDES EXISTING MECHANICAL OR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS AND CAN BE INSTALLED IN ANOTHER LOCATION, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL.. CEILING HEIGHT IS TO BE SHOWN ON ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. ANY DEVIATION FROM HEIGHT SHOWN WILL BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. HEADROOM ALONG AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 80 INCHES PER ADAAG. 6. FIRE PROTECTION DESIGN BY OTHERS. 7. ALL CEILINGS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN AT EXISTING HEIGHT U.N.O. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED OR MISSING CEILING GRID AND TILE WITH NEW MATERIAL TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD, U.N.O. RE-LEVEL GRID AS REQUIRED. 8. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW LIGHTING, LAMPS, SPRINKLER HEADS, SWITCHES AND COVER PLATES TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD. VERIFY QUANTITIES AND REUSE EXISTING WHERE POSSIBLE. RETURN EXCESS TO OWNER'S BUILDING STOCK. 9. LIGHT FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT TO BE LOCATED IN CEILING TILE ARE TO BE CENTERED IN TILE, U.N.O. 0. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL PLANS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION OF INTERMEDIATE LEVEL LIGHTING, SUCH AS UNDER-CABINET, UNDER COUNTER LIGHTING AND WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES.. REPAIR, REPLACE, AND RELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTATS AS REQUIRED.. COORDINATE ALL NEW THERMOSTAT AND FIRE STROBE LOCATIONS WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.. REFERENCE MEP PLANS FOR SWITCHING. 4. BUILDING ENGINEER TO APPROVE HVAC PLAN PRIOR TO DING AND PROCEEDING.. SUBMIT CITY APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION PLANS FOR SPRINKLER LOCATIONS AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENT TO PROPERTY MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. 6. NEW LAY-IN CEILING HEIGHT IS TO MATCH EXISTING CEILING HEIGHT, FIELD VERIFY. 7. LIGHTING SHOWN IS FOR DESIRED LOCATION - REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR PROPER FOOT CANDLE DISTRIBUTION - NOTIFY ARCHITECT FOR CHANGES IN LOCATION OF LIGHTING AS SHOWN ON RCP. 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 B B EXISTING CEILING HEIGHT TO REMAIN. ADJUST GRID AS REQUIRED AND INSTALL NEW DIMMABLE LIGHTS - REF. TO A0 FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 0/6/ B B 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD 0 B B REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A /" = '-0" A

12 WG- ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE Room Number Room Name Floor Finish Base Finish Wall Finish Ceiling Finish ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE Room Number Room Name Floor Finish Base Finish Wall Finish Ceiling Finish 00 VESTIBULE VINYL PLANK (V-) TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 0 WELCOME LOUNGE VINYL PLANK (V-) TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 0 UDS BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 04 DT TLT BEIGE VCT () TAN 6" (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / FRP (FRP-) UP TO A.F.F. GYP. BD (PT-), IF NOT EXISTING. IF EXISTING PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED 0 OFFICE CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 06 PROCEDURE BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 07 PROCEDURE BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 08 X-RAY BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. EXTEND TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LAYOUT 09 FILE BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. MD LOUNGE CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. STG BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. CMD OFFICE CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 4 STORAGE BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. MD OFFICE CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 6 BREAK ROOM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 7 WOMENS BEIGE VCT () TAN 6" (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / FRP (FRP-) UP TO A.F.F. EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 8 MENS BEIGE VCT () TAN 6" (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / FRP (FRP-) UP TO A.F.F. EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 9 ELEC BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 0 STG BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. OFFICE CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. OFFICE CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 4 BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 6 TOILET BEIGE VCT () TAN 6" (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / FRP (FRP-) UP TO A.F.F. GYP BD. (PT-) 7 MAS WELCOME & CHECK-IN VINYL PLANK (V-) TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 8 PT WORKSTATION CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 9 PHYSICAL THERAPY CARPET (CPT-) / BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. PT STG BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. OFFICE CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 4 CONFERENCE CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 6 HVAC EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO REMAIN 7 TELE BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 8 NURSE'S STATION BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 9 PT OFFICE CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 40 COD CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 4 DRUG TEST BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 4 DRUG TEST BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 4 DT TLT BEIGE VCT () TAN 6" (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / FRP (FRP-) UP TO A.F.F. GYP. BD (PT-), IF NOT EXISTING. IF EXISTING PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED 44 DT TLT BEIGE VCT () TAN 6" (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / FRP (FRP-) UP TO A.F.F. GYP. BD (PT-), IF NOT EXISTING. IF EXISTING PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED 4 CHECK IN CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 46 AUDIO CARPET (CPT-) TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) GYP. BD (PT-), IF NOT EXISTING. IF EXISTING PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED 47 BAT BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. EXTEND TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LAYOUT 48 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 49 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 0 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. SPIRO BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. PHYS STATION BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 4 HALLWAY BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE ( & PT-4) ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. PLAN HALLWAY BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 6 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 7 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 8 TLT BEIGE VCT () TAN 6" (RB-) PAINT PT-/ FRP- UP TO A.F.F. EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 9 TLT BEIGE VCT () TAN 6" (RB-) PAINT PT-/ FRP- UP TO A.F.F. EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 60 CLOSET BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. MAS WELCOME & CHECK-IN 7 V- 4 TOILET 6 4 HALLWAY 6 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 6 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 6 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 64 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 6 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 66 EXAM BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) / GREY (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) / BLUE () ACCENT WALL - SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 67 STORAGE BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 68 LAB BEIGE VCT () TAN (RB-) BEIGE (PT-) EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 7 LAUNDRY BEIGE VCT () TAN 6" (RB-) PAINT PT-/ FRP- UP TO A.F.F. EXISTING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. A OFFICE CPT- A OFFICE CPT- HVAC 6 ELEC 9 STG 0 MENS 8 WOMENS 7 BREAK ROOM WG- 6 GENERAL NOTES. CARRY FLOOR FINISHES TO PARTITIONS IN AREAS WHERE SINKS OCCUR AND/OR NO MILLWORK IS SPECIFIED BELOW MILLWORK.. ALL INTERSECTIONS OF FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY UNDER CENTER OF DOOR, WHERE OCCURS, U.N.O.. FOR SPECIFIC LOCATIONS OF CEILING FINISHES, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A. 4. ALL WALLS PAINTED PT- U.N.O.. ALL CORRIDORS TO HAVE CHAIR RAIL U.N.O. 6. PAINT ALL ACCESS PANELS AND GRILLES IN GYP BD SURFACE TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL. 7. ALL EXISTING MILLWORK TO REMAIN AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED, U.N.O. ALL NEW MILLWORK FINISH AS NOTED. KEY NOTES 4 CORNER GUARDS CORNER GUARDS CG- FRP - SEE A00 FOR FINISH DESIGNATIONS USE 6" RUBBER BASE ROUND CORNER OF WALL GUARD PAINTING LEGEND PT-? WG-? LEGEND WALL COLOR CHAIR RAIL COLOR CPT- MD OFFICE EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION A STORAGE 4 A CMD OFFICE CPT- STG 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 WALL GUARD - ' - 0" A.F.F. CORNER GUARD START AT FLOOR (SEE SCHEDULE) BASE TO DIE INTO CORNER GUARD (SEE SCHEDULE) LAUNDRY 7 PT STG PT WORKSTATION 8 CPT- OFFICE PT OFFICE 9 CONFERENCE COD 40 4 DRUG TEST 4 4 A 8' - / V.I.F. A A CPT- CPT- A CPT- CPT- 4 A DT TLT 4 TELE 7 NURSE'S STATION 8 DRUG TEST 4 DT TLT 44 4 HALLWAY 4 CPT- AUDIO 46 BAT 47 PHYS STATION EXAM 6 EXAM 48 A EXAM 7 WG- EXAM 49 EXAM 64 4 TLT 8 TLT 9 EXAM 4 0 CLOSET EXAM EXAM EXAM EXAM 6 EXAM 6 EXAM 66 SPIRO MD LOUNGE CPT- FILE 09 X-RAY 08 0/6/ 4 DETAIL - CORNERS TYP. A VINYL FLOORING AS SPECIFIED CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY "4 CTV VINYL/CARPET TRANSITION. COLOR: BLACK CARPET ' - 0" V.I.F. A A PHYSICAL THERAPY 9 CPT- A CHECK IN 4 CPT- A DT TLT 04 4 UDS 0 STORAGE 67 LAB 68 DETAIL - VINYL TO CARPET METAL TRANSITION A " = '-0" ROPPE TILE/CARPET TRANSITION STRIP #77 COLOR: 7 SANDSTONE ' - 6" V.I.F. WG- WELCOME LOUNGE 0 V- A OFFICE 0 CPT- PROCEDURE 06 PROCEDURE KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD FINISH PLANS AND SCHEDULE VINYL FLOORING AS SPECIFIED CARPET VESTIBULE DETAIL - VINYL TO CARPET TRANSITION A " = '-0" FINISH PLAN A /6" = '-0" V- 00 A

13 DD +48" GENERAL NOTES. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING INSTALLATION INTO CABINET WORK.. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE TELEPHONE/DATA REQUIREMENTS WITH THE TENANT'S TELEPHONE/DATA CONTRACTOR.. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICES FOR TRADES. 4. ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE RECEPTACLES, AND LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE LOCATED AS DIMENSIONED ON ARCHITECT'S PLANS.. FOR EXISTING OUTLETS NOT BEING USED, EXISTING SERVICE SHALL BE REMOVED ALL THE WAY BACK TO THE MAIN PANEL, OR RELOCATED TO A NEW RECEPTACLE. 6. NEW OUTLETS ON COLUMNS WILL BE CENTERED ON FACE SHOWN, U.N.O. 7. PROVIDE TELEPHONE OUTLETS (WHERE SHOWN ON SHEET A7) AND CONDUIT RUNS TO THE CEILING. 8. ELECTRICAL, DATA AND TELEPHONE WIRING AND CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN PARTITIONS AND/OR CEILING. 9. CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES SHALL BE BUILDING STANDARD DUPLEX TYPE, RATED AMP, A V., GROUNDED TYPE, U.N.O. 0. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE POWER WIRING.. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ELECTRICAL WORK AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND NOTES.. POWER PLAN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO M.E.P. DOCUMENTS FOR FINAL LOCATIONS AND CIRCUITRY.. PROVIDE NEW ELECTRICAL/TELEPHONE COVER PLATES TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD, U.N.O. DAMAGED OR MISSING COVER PLATES TO BE REPLACED. 4. MOUNT NEW OUTLETS AT 8" A.F.F, U.N.O.. PROVIDE NEW ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS AS SHOWN. 6. CONFIRM ALL ELECTRICAL/DATA LOCATIONS SHOWN IN EXISTING WALLS WILL FIT PRIOR TO STUBBING ANY CONDUIT ABOVE THE CEILING. CONFIRM ALL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. 7. FURNITURE IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ALL WORKSTATIONS TO BE PROVIDED BY FURNITURE DEALER, CONTRACTOR TO MAKE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. 8. VERIFY AVAILABILITY OF CIRCUITRY ON EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL. 9. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING TELEPHONE/ELECTRICAL OUTLETS. EXISTING OUTLETS WITHIN '-0" OF A NEW OUTLET OF THE SAME TYPE INDICATED ON PLAN ARE TO REMAIN IN LIEU OF PROVIDING NEW. 0. ELECTRICIAN TO RECIRCUIT OUTLETS LEFT ON INCOMPLETE CIRCUITS INTO NEW CONSTRUCTION.. STAGGER ALL BOXES IN BACK TO BACK LOCATIONS, BACK TO BACK BOXES ARE NOT ALLOWED.. ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND SWITCHES TO BE GANGED TOGETHER WHEN LOCATED TOGETHER ON THE PLAN. PROVIDE MULTIPLE GAME BOXES AND COMMON FACEPLATES.. TELEPHONE, DATA AND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS SHOWN "TO BE DEMOLISHED" ARE TO BE REMOVED AND WALL PATCHED TO PREPARE FOR NEW SCHEDULED FINISHES. 4. OUTLETS ON PLYWOOD WALLS TO BE FLUSH WITH PLYWOOD.. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTER POINT OF OUTLETS OR GROUPS OF OUTLETS. SPACING WITHIN A GROUP SHOULD BE 8" ON CENTER MAX. U.N.O. 6. REFERENCE TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAIL FOR STANDARD HEIGHTS. 7. THIS PLAN REPRESENTS QUANTITY, TYPE AND LOCATION OF DEVICES ONLY, REFER TO DESIGN BUILD ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR GENERAL NOTES AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS. 8. G.C. TO VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATION COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODE, COORDINATE WITH TENANT PRIOR TO INSTALL. 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 KEY NOTES NEW ELECTRICAL PANELS AS REQUIRED. - REFER TO ENGINEERING. PHONE, DATA, AND SECURITY SYSTEM BY OTHER PROVIDE J-BOX AT WATER HEATER AS REQ'D., UNIT AVAILABLE IN 0/08/40V, SINGLE-PHASE OR THREE-PHASE. - REFER TO ENGINEERING. MAS WELCOME & CHECK-IN 7 7' - " TOILET 6 4 HALLWAY OFFICE OFFICE HVAC 6 ELEC 9 STG 0 MENS 8 WOMENS 7 BREAK ROOM 6 MD OFFICE STORAGE 4 CMD OFFICE STG WATER COOLER AS SPEC, PROVIDE -WIRE RECESSED SINGLE-PHASE DUPLEX OUTLET, V, 60H. - REFER TO ENGINEERING. PROVIDE J-BOX AT DISPOSER AS REQ'D. - REFER TO ENGINEERING PROVIDE ONE DEDICATED CIRCUIT AT STOREFRONT FOR TENANT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED EXTERIOR SIGNAGE. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH TENANT. ELECTRICIAN TO PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION AFTER SIGNAGE HAS BEEN INSTALLED. - REFER TO ENGINEERING PUSH BUTTON OPERATES ELECTRIC STRIKE AT WAITING/CORRIDOR DOOR. BUTTON FOR EACH DOOR AT EACH LOCATION ( TOTAL EACH LOCATION). COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH TENANT'S SECURITY VENDOR. FLOOR BOX AS SPEC. INDIVIDUAL SWITCHING FOR PT BAY LIGHTS. TRENCHING FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT DUAL DATA OUTLET LOCATION OF CONDUIT STUB FOR FLOATING DESK OUTLET FOR TVS - MOUNT IN SAME CEILING TILE AS TV BRACKET AND LOCATE DIRECTLY BEHIND TV. 0 0' - / PT STG OFFICE 0 ' - 0" 8 TELE 7 AUDIO 46 BAT 47 EXAM 48 EXAM 49 EXAM 0 EXAM SPIRO MD LOUNGE 4 6 DIMMING SWITCHES SWITCH FOR OPEN SIGN PROVIDE ON/OFF SWITCH TO DISCONNECT ELECTRIC CURRENT TO ELECTRIC STRIKE ON DOOR. CONFERENCE 4 7' - 0" NURSE'S STATION 8 CLOSET X-RAY. FOR REFERENCE ONLY. COORDINATE FINAL SPECIFICATIONS AND J-BOX LOCATIONS WITH SW XRAY INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. PT WORKSTATION 8 PT OFFICE 9 COD 40 DRUG TEST 4 DRUG TEST 4 HALLWAY 4 PHYS STATION TLT 8 TLT 9 60 EXAM 6 EXAM 6 EXAM 6 FILE 09.. ALL LOCAL CODES APPLY. X-RAY POWER REQUIREMENTS: INCOMING POWER DISCONNECT AT 60" AFF. SEE WIRING SPECS ON GENERATOR FOR WIRING SIZE. CONTACT SW XRAY IF INCOMING POWER IS 40V OR LESS. HIGH FREQUENCY GENERATOR, "X"X J-BOX AT 8" AFF. RUN " CONDUIT TO "A". RUN ()." CONDUIT TO "D" AND ()." CONDUIT TO "E". PROVIDE COVER WITH () " CHASE NIPPLES IN COVER. PROVIDE 0V A UTILITY OUTLET FOR TABLE LOCKS NEXT TO J-BOX. OPERATOR CONTROL CONSOLE, "X"X J-BOX AT 8" AFF. PROVIDE COVER WITH () " CHASE NIPPLE IN COVER. RUN () " CONDUIT TO "B". WALLSTAND, XX J-BOX AT 6"AFF. PROVIDE COVER WITH ()." CHASE NIPPLE IN COVER. 0/6/ X-RAY TABLE, XX FLOOR J-BOX. FLUSH MOUNT, NO COVER NEEDED. LAUNDRY 7 DT TLT 4 DT TLT 44 EXAM 6 EXAM 7 EXAM 64 EXAM 6 EXAM 66 X-RAY J 4' - /" 4. X-RAY POWER LINE REQUIREMENTS: A CIRCUIT BREAKER 7. KVA DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER # AWG WIRE FOR 0 FT. RUN #00 AWG WIRE FOR 00 FT. RUN 0 MCM WIRE FOR 00 FT. RUN MAXIMUM LOAD VOLTAGE DROP UNDER FULL LOAD NOT TO BE MORE THAN %. PHYSICAL THERAPY 9 CHECK IN 4 DT TLT 04 UDS 0 STORAGE 67 LAB 68 +" 08 6' - /" 8 0 J ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS J THESE WIRE SIZES ARE FOR COPPER CONDUCTORS BETWEEN THE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER AND THE 00A SERVICE DISCONNECT "A". THE 00A BREAKER LISTED FOR 40V OPERATION MUST BE UPGRADED TO A FOR OPERATION BELOW 40V AS INDICATED BY THE LINE CURRENTS LISTED IN THE TABLE BELOW: MAXIMUM LINE CURRENT LINE VOLTAGE LINE CURRENT (60 HERTZ) (SINGLE PHASE) 08V 0A 0V 0A 40V 00A JUNCTION BOX DATA OUTLET DUPLEX OUTLET TELEPHONE OUTLET WELCOME LOUNGE 0 OFFICE PROCEDURE PROCEDURE QUADRAPLEX OUTLET TELE-DATA OUTLET FLOOR MOUNTED TELE/DATA OUTLET SWITCH FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX OUTLET 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD LEGEND EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN VESTIBULE 00 NEW CONSTRUCTION POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN A7 /6" = '-0" A7

14 GENERAL NOTES FOR UC EXAM ROOMS, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT ARE BASED ON THE SPECIALTY OF THE UC ROOM. REFER TO FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT PLANS FOR SPECIFICATIONS REFER TO A00 FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF TOILET FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES, REFER TO A4. FOR GRAPHIC TAGS REFER TO EG0; FOR GRAPHIC INFORMATION REFER TO GRAPHICS PACKAGE. ALL RECEPTACLES AT 8" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL OUTLETS THAT ARE DIMENSIONED, PLEASE MOUNT AS CLOSE TO THE DIMENSION AS POSSIBLE. 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m KEY NOTES DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (GFCI) 6 SWITCH of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 PT- ' - 7 / EXISTING CEILING V.I.F.8' - 0" 4 TELE/DATA RECEPTACLE JUNCTION BOX QUAD RECEPTACLE VERIFY WITH REPORT GL- ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS J JUNCTION BOX DATA OUTLET OPEN DUPLEX OUTLET QUADRAPLEX OUTLET TELEPHONE OUTLET SWITCH RB- 4' - 0" BTM OF CLEAR GLASS TELE-DATA OUTLET FLOOR MOUNTED TELE/DATA OUTLET ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS LEGEND FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX OUTLET FIN. FLR. ELEV. 0' - 0" i EQUIPMENT TAG - SEE SCHEDULE A 7 INTERIOR ELEVATION - X-RAY A0 /" = '-0"? FINISH TAG - SEE SCHEDULE A00 t FURNITURE TAG - SEE SCHEDULE A4 i CASEWORK TAG - SEE SCHEDULE A4 XR- XR- PT- EXISTING CEILING V. I. F. 8' - 0" EXISTING CEILING 8' - 0" t LEGEND GRAPHIC TAG - SEE SCHEDULE EG0 XR-7 GL- EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN CH-4 NEW CONSTRUCTION XR- XR-4 XR- OPEN 6 XR-6 XR-4 DIMMING SWITCHES FOR OVERHEAD LIGHTS RB- RB- RB- RB- FIN. FLR. ELEV. 0' - 0" FIN. FLR. ELEV. 0' - 0" 6 INTERIOR ELEVATION - X-RAY A0 /" = '-0" INTERIOR ELEVATION - X-RAY A0 /" = '-0" PT- XR- XR- PT- EXISTING CEILING V. I. F. 8' - 0" XR- 40 XR- XR- 0/6/ CH- CH- RB- INTERIOR ELEVATION - X-RAY A0 /" = '-0" FIN. FLR. ELEV. 0' - 0" 4 A0 7 RK- 6 XR- EXISTING CEILING V. I. F. 8' - 0" XR- PT- RK- 6 CH- 8' - 0" 40 A0 XR-6 XR-4 XR- 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD RB- PH- XR- ENLARGED X-RAY ROOM FIN. FLR. ELEV. 0' - 0" 4 INTERIOR ELEVATION - X-RAY A0 /" = '-0" D - X-RAY A0 ENLARGED PLAN - X-RAY A0 /" = '-0" A0

15 6' - 9/6" WALLS AS INDICATED ON PLANS STANDARDS MOUNTED PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS 6" DEEP WHITE WIRE SHELVING - LENGTHS TBD PER ROOM - SEE FURNITURE PLAN. FIELD VERIFY 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: BRACKET POSTS FOR CRUTCHES w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m 6' - 6" BTM OF SHELF 6' - BTM OF STANDARD ' - 0" TYP. 4' - 0" ' - /" of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 FILE ROOM SHELVING ' - 0" STORAGE SHELVING, TYP. BIOHAZARD/LAUNDRY CRUTCH RACK FIN.FLR.ELEV. 0'-0" 7 TYPICAL WIRE SHELVING DETAILS A0 /8" = '-0" 9" 0" ' - " " VERTICAL SUPPORT / " 0" MAX COUNTERTOP CPU HOLDER BELOW / X " GREY GROMMET 6 DETAIL - LINEAR GROMMET, TYPICAL A0 " = '-0" ALL SURFACES OF CPU HOLDER FINISHED IN BACK VERTICAL SUPPORT LOCATE RECEPTACLES NEAR THE CPU HOLDERS FOR CORD MANAGEMENT / MDF COUNTERTOP, EDGE AND SPLASH / X -/" STOP HARDWARE PULLS AS SPECIFIED / MDF DRAWER FRONT BASE AS SCHED. ' - 0" / ' - 0" / ' - 0" / /" / /" / /" FILE DRAWER FILE DRAWER ' - " ' - 0 / X4 TOP FRAME / X " STOP / MELAMINE CLAD MDF BOTTOM / MDF PANEL X4 BASE BLOCKING 9" /" INSIDE DRAWER HT. 9" INSIDE DRAWER HT. / SUBSTRATE COUNTERTOP, EDGE AND SPLASH / X -/" STOP DRAWER LOCKS (WHERE SHOWN IN ELEVATION) HARDWARE PULLS AS SPECIFIED / MDF DRAWER FRONT BASE SEE ELEVATION ' - 6" ' - /" / " / " /" / / /" FILE DRAWER ' - " X4 TOP FRAME / x " STOP / X " STOP / x " STOP / MDF PANEL / MELAMINE CLAD MDF BOTTOM X4 BASE BLOCKING 0 /" " " ' - 8" ' - 6 /" /" ' - 0 / / " /" ' - 0" ' - 9" ' - 0 /" /" ' - /" ' - " ' - 0 / / EQ A0 EQ ' - 0" ' - 0" ' - 0" / X " GREY GROMMET R 0' - " ' - " DETAIL - CPU HOLDER, TYPICAL A0 " = '-0" 4 6in BASE CABINET DRAWER_ FILE A0 /" = '-0" 0in BASE CABINET PENCIL FILE A0 /" = '-0" MILLWORK ELEVATION - XR- A0 /" = '-0" MILLWORK PLAN - XR- A0 /" = '-0" 0 MILLWORK D - XR- A0 PULLOUT KEYBOARD TRAY /4 ROUND TRIM ' - 0 /" /" 6" ' - 0" ' - 0" / MDF W/ SOLID SURFACE ELEVATION FOR FINISH / MDF W/ LAMINATE - SEE ELEVATION FOR FINISH / MDF SUBSTRATE /" ' - 6" ' - 6" 6 /" ' - 0" " " ' - PL- ' - 6" /" ' - 0 /" " A0 RB- ' - A0 TYP. ' - 0" LOCKS ' - 8 / /" 4 A0 RB- ' - PL- ' - / ' - 6 /" / " /" ' - 6" / X " GREY GROMMETS " ' - / EQUIPMENT PLATFORM A0 9 MILLWORK SECTION - CHECK IN/OUT ADA A0 /4 ROUND TRIM ' - 6" ' - " ' - 0" 8" " ' - 0" / MDF W/ LAMINATE - SEE ELEVATION FOR FINISH / MDF W/ LAMINATE - SEE ELEVATION FOR FINISH / MDF SUBSTRATE /" = '-0" ' - 0" ' - 0 / / 6" ' - / 4 / /" / MDF W/ SOLID SURFACE - SEE ELEVATION FOR FINISH RUBBER BASE - SEE ELEVATION 7 MILLWORK ELEVATION - CK- ADA SIDE A0 /" = '-0" PL- ' - 8" 8" 6" ' - 0" ' - 0" ' - 6" MILLWORK ELEVATION - CK- BACK A0 /" = '-0" ' - 6" ' - " PL- / 6' - 0 / / ' - " ' - 0" " ' - / ' - 6" 8" ' - 0" PL- ' - 0 /" /" ' - 6" A0 7 R 0' - " ' - 0" 9 A0 6 A0 ' - 6" TYP. R 0' - " 4 / ' - / A0 8 A0 PL- ' - 8" ' - " 6' - 6 / / ' - 0" 6 A0 0/6/ 8 MILLWORK SECTION - CHECK-IN A0 /" = '-0" 6 MILLWORK ELEVATION - CK- TALL SIDE A0 /" = '-0" 4 MILLWORK ELEVATION - CK- FRONT A0 /" = '-0" MILLWORK PLAN - CK- A0 /" = '-0" MILLWORK D - CK- FRONT A0 " () X " 8" X 8" LUMBER SUPPORT FLUSH W/ FINISHED WALL CENTERED 9" A.F.F. ROUGH-IN DIMENSIONS: 4 /" W X / H X /" D ROUGH-IN DIMENSIONS: 8 /" W X / H X /" D / MDF ' - 0" 4' - 0" MIN. ' - 0" MIN. 6" 6' - 0" MIN. X6 WOOD BLOCKING, TYP. 4' - 0" MIN. X6 WOOD BLOCKING TYP. X6 WOOD BLOCKING TOP HANGING RAIL 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD 0 7' - 8" X-RAY BACKBOARD REFER TO VENDOR DRAWING FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION. RECESSED DBL. X-RAY VIEW " CONDUIT BOTTOM RIGHT CORNER, TYP. A.F.F. O.C. RECESSED SING. X-RAY VIEW ' - O.C. DIAGNOSTIC SET BLK'G ' - 0" LEAD VEST RACK BLK'G ' - 6" BUTTON HEAD BOLT AND WASHER, TYP. X6 WOOD BLOCKING, TYP. BASE AS SCHEDULED 6' - 8" EQ EQ QTY. (7) EYE BOLTS, EQ. SPACED BACK BOARD RING BOARD LAG SCREW THREADED MIRROR TURNED EYE BOLT, /" DIA, /" SHANK, " EYE ' - 0" 6' - 0" ' - 0" 7' - " 6 /" 6" 4' - 0" ' - 4 / O.C. PULLEY SYSTEM ELECTRICAL & DOOR HARDWARE TYP. LIGHT SWITCH TYP. THERMOSTAT TYP. ELECTRICAL OUTLET 7' - / BLOCKING AT UPPER CABINETS ' - 0" 7' - 0" STORAGE SHELVING ADJUSTABLE SHELVING AS SPEC DETAILS TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS A0 / = '-0" A0

16 NOTE:. ALL FLOOR FINISHES TO BE REMOVED AND SLAB PREPARED FOR NEW FINISHES. LEGEND EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED GENERAL NOTES. DEMOLITION IS NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. THE INTENT IS TO INDICATE THE GENERAL SCOPE OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK IN IF QUESTIONS ARISE AS TO THE REMOVAL OF ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ANY MATERIAL, CLARIFY THE POINT IN QUESTION WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING.. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHER PROTECTION DURING INTERVAL BETWEEN DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ON EXTERIOR SURFACES, AND INSTALLATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION TO ENSURE THAT NO WATER LEAKAGE OR DAMAGE OCCURS TO STRUCTURE OR INTERIOR AREAS OF EXISTING BUILDING. REMOVE PROTECTIONS AT COMPLETION OF WORK.. MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN, KEEP IN SERVICE, IDENTIFY, AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 4. REMOVAL OF ANY EQUIPMENT, CABLING SWITCHES, AND CONDUIT PERTAINING TO DATA/ COMMUNICATIONS AND TELEPHONE SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH TELEPHONE COMPANIES SERVICE OWNER OR TENANT DATA/COMMUNICATIONS REPRESENTATIVE AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT NEW CONSTRUCTION DELAYS.. CAP ALL DEMO'D PLUMBING LINES. REMOVE BACK TO SOURCE. 6. IN PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED, REMOVE AND CAP ALL OUTLETS, SWITCHES, WIRES, THERMOSTATS, ETC.. TO THEIR SOURCE AS REQUIRED. ALL EXISTING FLOOR MOUNTED OUTLETS, WHERE NOTED TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED SHALL BE CAPPED OFF TO THE NEAREST JUNCTION BOX. 7. NO EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR, PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKER, FIRE ALARM BOX OR SIMILAR DEVICE, INCLUDING THE ASSOCIATED WIRING SHALL BE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION. RELOCATION OF SMOKE DETECTORS, PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKERS AND FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT, NECESSITATED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION, SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED AS A FIRST PRIORITY, AND PER THE PLANS, NO ACTIVE SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE COVERED OR OTHERWISE REMOVED OR USED FOR OTHER THAN ITS INTENDED PURPOSE. 8. EXISTING COLUMN FURR-OUTS TO REMAIN, U.N.O. 9. DEMOLISH ALL INDICATED PARTITIONS COMPLETELY, U.N.O. PATCH ALL REMAINING CONSTRUCTION TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. 0. ALL FLOORING MATERIALS INDICATED SHALL BE REMOVED TO THE SLAB U.N.O. SLAB SHALL BE SCRAPED, SMOOTHED AND CLEANED IN PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOORING MATERIAL, VERIFY WITH NEW MATERIAL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ANY TREATMENT OF EXISTING CONDITIONS.. ALL EXISTING CEILINGS, LIGHT FIXTURES, SPRINKLER PIPES AND HEADS ARE TO REMAIN, U.N.O.. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES COMPLY WITH ADAAG. LOCAL CODE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. SAVE AND REUSE FIXTURES THAT COMPLY WITH ADAAG/LOCAL CODES.. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY IF ANY LOAD BEARING STRUCTURE IS COMPROMISED PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. 4. AT ALL TIMES EXITING, LIGHTING AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS WILL BE PROVIDED.. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A CLEAN AND SAFE WORK ENVIRONMENT. TRASH SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE DAILY. CONTRACTOR SHALL PLACE AN APPROPRIATE DUST PROOF SCREEN BETWEEN WORK AREAS AND AREAS OPEN FOR BUSINESS. ANY WORK REQUIRING MATERIALS WITH FUMES OR VAPORS SHALL BE PERFORMED AFTER HOURS AND SCHEDULED WITH CONCENTRA. 6. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH TEAT AND COORDINATE WITH PHASING PLAN AS REQUIRED FOR CLINIC TO REMAIN OPEN AND OPERATIONAL DURING CONSTRUCTION. 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS AT OCCUPIED CLINIC: A. STORAGE OF REMOVED ITEMS WILL BE PERMITTED AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. B. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE BARRICADES, PROTECTIVE CANOPIES, AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT OWNER'S PERSONNEL AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY AND TO PROVIDE FREE AND SAFE PASSAGE DUE TO SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK. C. CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY INSULATED SOLID DUST PROOF PARTITIONS WHERE REQUIRED TO SEPARATE AREAS WHERE NOISY OR EXTENSIVE DIRT OR DUST OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED. EQUIP PARTITIONS WITH DUST PROOF DOORS AND SECURITY LOCKS IF REQUIRED. D. PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EXISTING FINISH WORK THAT IS TO REMAIN IN PLACE AND BECOMES EXPOSED DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. E. PROTECT FLOORS WITH SUITABLE COVERINGS WHEN NECESSARY. 0' - 0" V.I.F. 6" KEY NOTES F. COVER AND PROTECT FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES AND OTHER ITEMS TO REMAIN FROM SOILING OR DAMAGE WHEN DEMOLITION WORK IS PERFORMED. REMOVE EXISTING PARTITIONS AS INDICATED ON PLANS REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE. STORE FOR POSSIBLE RELOCATION, IF IN GOOD CONDITION DEMO REQUIRED PORTION OF EXISTING WALL TO RECEIVE NEW DOOR, FRAME & HARDWARE. REF. SHEET A00 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. ' - 0 /" V.I.F. 0/6/ 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN DEMO PLAN D0 /6" = '-0" D0

17 Index of Drawings 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD 0 Arhitetural G00 GENERAL INFORMATION G0 CODE INFO G0 SPECIFICATIONS G0 SPECIFICATIONS G0 SPECIFICATIONS G04 SPECIFICATIONS G0 SPECIFICATIONS D0 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN A00 DOOR, WINDOW, AND PLUMBING SCHEDULES A00 MATERIALS SCHEDULE A0 FLOOR PLAN A0 SCHEDULES A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A FINISH PLANS AND SCHEDULE A7 POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN A0 ENLARGED X-RAY ROOM A0 DETAILS 8 Westpark Drive Charlotte, NC 87 T: F: w w w. l i t t l e o n l i n e. o m of Little Diversified Arhitetural Consulting. The reprodution, opying or other use of this drawing without their written onsent is prohibited and any infringement will be subjet to legal ation. Little 0 Projet Team Symbols Legend OWNER: CONCENTRA 0800 TELEGRAPH ROAD BINGHAM FARMS, MI 480 CONTACT: DAVID GOLDMAN PH: X-RAY CONSULTANT: SOUTHWEST X-RAY 49 MATHIS #08 DALLAS, TX 74 CONTACT: MARGEE BEATTIE (CONCENTRA) PH: X 08 VINYL FLOORING VENDOR: SPECTRA CONTACT: PAUL MINISTRELLI PH: CELL: LIGHTING VENDOR: LIGHTING MANAGEMENT, INC 97 ROUTE 4, ND FLOOR POMONA, NY 0790 CONTACT: AMY BASSANI PH: A0 ELEVATION MARKER A COLUMN GRID AND GRID BUBBLES DOOR NUMBER WINDOW MARKER CONTACT: JESSICA SZORC PH: A0 X-X MATERIALS INDICATOR ARCHITECT: LITTLE 8 WESTPARK DRIVE CHARLOTTE, NC 87 CONTACT: PH: ENGINEER:TBD SIGN VENDOR: STARLIGHT SIGNS CONTACT: DAVID WILLIAMS PH: CURTAIN VENDOR: JOULE CREATIVE CONTACT: KARYNA HEFFERNAN PH: CARPET VENDOR: TANDUS CONTACT: DEWEY MARKHAM PH: CONTACT: PATTI OLLIS PH: X 06 A0 DETAIL MARKER SECTION MARKER NORTH ARROW st FLOOR 0' - 0" MATERIAL HEIGHT W Room ELEVATION DATUM POINT CEILING HEIGHT WALL TYPE ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER XX X-X X-X X X AXXX X X CASEWORK INDICATOR EQUIPMENT INDICATOR FURNITURE INDICATOR INTERIOR ELEVATION MARKER 0/6/ Viinity Map Site Loation Plan Abbreviations SITE LOCATION CONCENTRA AFF ACP ADJ ALT AL APPROX. ARCH BEV BD BOT BBD CAB CPT C.O. CLG CTR C/L CT CHAM CIR CLR CLO COL CONC CONST CONT. CONTR COORD CRB ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL ADJUSTABLE ALTERNATE ALUMINUM APPROXIMATE ARCHITECT(URAL) BEVELED BOARD BOTTOM BULLETIN BOARD CABINET CARPET(ED) CASED OPENING CEILING CENTER CENTERLINE CERAMIC TILE CHAMFER CIRCLE CLEAR(ANCE) CLOSET COLUMN CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS OR CONTINUE CONTRACTOR COORDINATE COVED RUBBER BASE DEMO DET DTL DIA DIM DR DBL DWN DWR DWG EA ELEC EQ. EQPT EXIST EXP ELEV EL EWC EXT FWC FIN FF FE FEC FRP FR FLR FLUOR FT FBO FURR FUT GALV GA GC GLS GRAN GYP GWB DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION DETAIL DETAIL OR DET. DIAMETER DIMENSION DOOR DOUBLE DOWN DRAWER DRAWING(S) EXISTING EACH ELECTRIC(AL) EQUAL EQUIPMENT EXISTING EXPANSION ELEVATOR ELEVATION ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXTERIOR FABRIC WALLCOVERING FINISH(ED) FINISH FLOOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS FIRE RETARDANT TREATED FLOOR(ING) FLUORESCENT FOOT OR FEET FURNISHED BY OTHERS FURR(ED), (ING) FUTURE GALVANIZED GAUGE GENERAL CONTRACTOR GLASS, GLAZING GRANITE GYPSUM GYPSUM WALL BOARD HDW HWD HDR HVAC HGT HC HORIZ HR INCL I.D. INSUL INT IBC JC JT KPL KIT. L LBL LAM LT LCKR MFR MATL MAX MECH MTL MWK MIN MISC MTD MULL. N NO. OR # NR NRC NIC NTS HARDWARE HARDWOOD HEADER HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING HEIGHT HOLLOW CORE HORIZONTAL HOUR INCLUDE(D), (ING) INSIDE DIAMETER INSULATE(D), (ION), (ING) INTERIOR INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE JANITOR'S CLOSET JOINT KICKPLATE KITCHEN LENGTH LABEL LAMINATE(D) LIGHT LOCKER MANUFACTURE(R) MATERIAL(S) MAXIMUM MECHANICAL METAL MILLWORK MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MOUNTED MULLION NORTH NUMBER NOISE REDUCTION NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT NOT IN CONTRACT NOT TO SCALE OFF OC OPNG O.H. PT PNT PR PNL PTN PED PERF PLAS P.LAM. PLWD PFB PFN PRF QT REC REF REFR REM REQ'D RESIL RM RB RBT SECT. SV S&R SHR SIM SPEC SQ FT S.S. SBC STD STOR SUSP SUSP CLG. SCW SAFB SYS OFFICE TEMP ON CENTER(S) TME OPENING TYP OPPOSITE HAND THK PAITENTS TR PAINT(ED) PAIR U.O.N. U.N.O. PANEL PARTITION PEDESTAL VEN VERT PERFORATE(D) VIN PLASTER OR PLASTIC VB PLASTIC LAMINATE VCT PLYWOOD VT PREFABRICATE(D) VWC PREFINISHED V.I.F. PREFORMED QUARRY TILE WTW WC RECEPTACLE WGT REFERENCE W REFRIGERATOR WIN REMOVE W/ REQUIRED W/O RESILIENT WD ROOM WB RUBBER BASE RUBBER TILE SECTION SHEET VINYL SHELF AND ROD SHOWER SIMILAR SPECIFICATION(S) SQUARE FEET STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD BUILDING CODE STANDARD STORAGE SUSPENDED SUSPENDED CEILING SOLID CORE WOOD SOUND ATTENUATION FIRE BATTS SYSTEM TEMPERED TO MATCH EXISTING TYPICAL THICKNESS TRANSOM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VENEER VERTICAL VINYL VINYL BASE VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VINYL TILE VINYL WALLCOVERING VERIFY IN FIELD WALL TO WALL WATER CLOSET WEIGHT WIDTH WINDOW WITH WITHOUT WOOD WOOD BASE 49 KNECHT AVENUE BALTIMORE, MD GENERAL INFORMATION G00

Table of Contents. Appendix II Application Checklist. Export Finance Program Working Capital Financing...7

Table of Contents. Appendix II Application Checklist. Export Finance Program Working Capital Financing...7 Export Finane Program Guidelines Table of Contents Setion I General...........................................................1 A. Introdution............................................................1

More information

State of Maryland Participation Agreement for Pre-Tax and Roth Retirement Savings Accounts

State of Maryland Participation Agreement for Pre-Tax and Roth Retirement Savings Accounts State of Maryland Partiipation Agreement for Pre-Tax and Roth Retirement Savings Aounts DC-4531 (08/2015) For help, please all 1-800-966-6355 www.marylandd.om 1 Things to Remember Complete all of the setions

More information

BENEFICIARY CHANGE REQUEST

BENEFICIARY CHANGE REQUEST Poliy/Certifiate Number(s) BENEFICIARY CHANGE REQUEST *L2402* *L2402* Setion 1: Insured First Name Middle Name Last Name Permanent Address: City, State, Zip Code Please hek if you would like the address

More information

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYERS

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYERS Virginia Department of Taxation INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYERS www.tax.virginia.gov 2614086 Rev. 07/14 * Table of Contents Introdution... 1 Important... 1 Where to Get Assistane... 1 Online

More information

Findings and Recommendations

Findings and Recommendations Contrating Methods and Administration Findings and Reommendations Finding 9-1 ESD did not utilize a formal written pre-qualifiations proess for seleting experiened design onsultants. ESD hose onsultants

More information

Transfer of Functions (Isle of Man Financial Services Authority) TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS (ISLE OF MAN FINANCIAL SERVICES AUTHORITY) ORDER 2015

Transfer of Functions (Isle of Man Financial Services Authority) TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS (ISLE OF MAN FINANCIAL SERVICES AUTHORITY) ORDER 2015 Transfer of Funtions (Isle of Man Finanial Servies Authority) Order 2015 Index TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS (ISLE OF MAN FINANCIAL SERVICES AUTHORITY) ORDER 2015 Index Artile Page 1 Title... 3 2 Commenement...

More information

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYERS

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYERS Virginia Department of Taxation INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYERS www.tax.virginia.gov 2614086 Rev. 01/16 Table of Contents Introdution... 1 Important... 1 Where to Get Assistane... 1 Online File

More information

Retirement Option Election Form with Partial Lump Sum Payment

Retirement Option Election Form with Partial Lump Sum Payment Offie of the New York State Comptroller New York State and Loal Retirement System Employees Retirement System Polie and Fire Retirement System 110 State Street, Albany, New York 12244-0001 Retirement Option

More information

Application for Emergency/Minor Home Repair Program City of Coeur d'alene, CDBG Entitlement Program

Application for Emergency/Minor Home Repair Program City of Coeur d'alene, CDBG Entitlement Program FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Date Reeived Appliation omplete By Appliation for Emergeny/Minor Home Repair Program Panhandle Area Counil The City of Coeur d'alene Emergeny/Minor Repair Program is designed to assist

More information

SCHEME FOR FINANCING SCHOOLS

SCHEME FOR FINANCING SCHOOLS SCHEME FOR FINANCING SCHOOLS UNDER SECTION 48 OF THE SCHOOL STANDARDS AND FRAMEWORK ACT 1998 DfE Approved - Marh 1999 With amendments Marh 2001, Marh 2002, April 2003, July 2004, Marh 2005, February 2007,

More information

i e AT 1 of 2012 DEBT RECOVERY AND ENFORCEMENT ACT 2012

i e AT 1 of 2012 DEBT RECOVERY AND ENFORCEMENT ACT 2012 i e AT 1 of 2012 DEBT RECOVERY AND ENFORCEMENT ACT 2012 Debt Reovery and Enforement At 2012 Index i e DEBT RECOVERY AND ENFORCEMENT ACT 2012 Index Setion Page PART 1 INTRODUCTORY 5 1 Short title... 5

More information

EMS Air Ambulance License Application Packet

EMS Air Ambulance License Application Packet EMS Air Ambulane Liense Appliation Paket Contents: 1. 530-077... Contents List and Mailing Information...1 Page 2. 530-078... Appliation Instrutions Cheklist...3 Pages 3. 530-076... EMS Air Ambulane Liense

More information

AT 6 OF 2012 GAMBLING DUTY ACT 2012

AT 6 OF 2012 GAMBLING DUTY ACT 2012 i e AT 6 OF 2012 GAMBLING DUTY ACT 2012 Gambling Duty At 2012 Index i e GAMBLING DUTY ACT 2012 Index Setion Page PART 1 INTRODUCTORY 5 1 Short title... 5 2 Commenement... 5 3 General interpretation...

More information

PROCEEDS OF CRIME (BUSINESS IN THE REGULATED SECTOR) ORDER 2015

PROCEEDS OF CRIME (BUSINESS IN THE REGULATED SECTOR) ORDER 2015 Proeeds of Crime (Business in the Regulated Setor) Order 2015 Artile 1 Statutory Doument No. 2015/0073 Proeeds of Crime At 2008 PROCEEDS OF CRIME (BUSINESS IN THE REGULATED SECTOR) ORDER 2015 Approved

More information

Account Contract for Card Acceptance

Account Contract for Card Acceptance Aount Contrat for Card Aeptane This is an Aount Contrat for the aeptane of debit ards and redit ards via payment terminals, on the website and/or by telephone, mail or fax. You enter into this ontrat with

More information

SECTION 013200a - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

SECTION 013200a - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SECTION 013200a - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Related Documents A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other

More information

UNIVERSITY AND WORK-STUDY EMPLOYERS WEB SITE USER S GUIDE

UNIVERSITY AND WORK-STUDY EMPLOYERS WEB SITE USER S GUIDE UNIVERSITY AND WORK-STUDY EMPLOYERS WEB SITE USER S GUIDE September 8, 2009 Table of Contents 1 Home 2 University 3 Your 4 Add 5 Managing 6 How 7 Viewing 8 Closing 9 Reposting Page 1 and Work-Study Employers

More information

BUSINESS PRACTICE BULLETIN The School Board of Broward County, Florida

BUSINESS PRACTICE BULLETIN The School Board of Broward County, Florida PAGE: 1 OF 16 (ECE) GUIDELINES FOR INFANT, TODDLER AND PRE-K PROGRAMS TOPICS IN BULLETIN: I. GENERAL INFORMATION II. CRITERIA FOR OPENING PROGRAM III. ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT IV. OPERATIONAL

More information

Disability Discrimination (Services and Premises) Regulations 2016 Index DISABILITY DISCRIMINATION (SERVICES AND PREMISES) REGULATIONS 2016

Disability Discrimination (Services and Premises) Regulations 2016 Index DISABILITY DISCRIMINATION (SERVICES AND PREMISES) REGULATIONS 2016 Disability Disrimination (Servies and Premises) Regulations 2016 Index DISABILITY DISCRIMINATION (SERVICES AND PREMISES) REGULATIONS 2016 Index Regulation Page 1 Title... 3 2 Commenement... 3 3 Interpretation...

More information

Unit 12: Installing, Configuring and Administering Microsoft Server

Unit 12: Installing, Configuring and Administering Microsoft Server Unit 12: Installing, Configuring and Administering Mirosoft Server Learning Outomes A andidate following a programme of learning leading to this unit will be able to: Selet a suitable NOS to install for

More information

WATER CLOSET SUPPORTS TECHNICAL DATA

WATER CLOSET SUPPORTS TECHNICAL DATA WATER CLOSET SUPPORTS TECHNICAL DATA Smith engineers have developed an unusually omplete line of fixture supports for mounting all types of "off the floor" fixtures. Supports have been designed for water

More information

Health Savings Account Application

Health Savings Account Application Health Savings Aount Appliation FOR BANK USE ONLY: ACCOUNT # CUSTOMER # Health Savings Aount (HSA) Appliation ALL FIELDS MUST BE COMPLETED. Missing fields may delay the aount opening proess and possibly

More information

Annual Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan

Annual Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan Form 5500 Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Servie Department of Labor Employee Benefits Seurity Administration Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation Annual Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan

More information

LANSING COMMUNITY COLLEGE 14205.00 TLC BUILDING SERVER ROOM UPGRADES SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.

LANSING COMMUNITY COLLEGE 14205.00 TLC BUILDING SERVER ROOM UPGRADES SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1. SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings,

More information

The D.C. Long Term Disability Insurance Plan Exclusively for NBAC members Issued by The Prudential Insurance Company of America (Prudential)

The D.C. Long Term Disability Insurance Plan Exclusively for NBAC members Issued by The Prudential Insurance Company of America (Prudential) Plan Basis The D.C. Long Term Disability Insurane Plan Exlusively for NBAC members Issued by The Prudential Insurane Company of Ameria (Prudential) What does it over? The D.C. Long Term Disability Insurane

More information

Income Protection CLAIM FORM

Income Protection CLAIM FORM Inome Protetion CLAIM FORM PLEASE COMPLETE THIS APPLICATION IN BLACK PEN ONLY USING BLOCK LETTERS 1 PERSONAL DETAILS Poliy numer Important notes: a This form must e ompleted in full and returned to PO

More information

Exempt Organization Business Income Tax Return

Exempt Organization Business Income Tax Return Form For alendar year 2013 or other tax year beginning, and ending. 34 Unrelated business taxable. Subtrat line 33 from line 32. If line 33 is greater than line 32, enter the smaller of zero or line 32

More information

i e AT 21 of 2006 EMPLOYMENT ACT 2006

i e AT 21 of 2006 EMPLOYMENT ACT 2006 i e AT 21 of 2006 EMPLOYMENT ACT 2006 Employment At 2006 Index i e EMPLOYMENT ACT 2006 Index Setion Page PART I DISCRIMINATION AT RECRUITMENT ON TRADE UNION GROUNDS 9 1 Refusal of employment on grounds

More information

F220 Series. Installation Instructions. Photoelectric Smoke/Heat Detectors

F220 Series. Installation Instructions. Photoelectric Smoke/Heat Detectors F0 Series EN Installation Instrutions Photoeletri Smoke/Heat Detetors F0 Series Installation Instrutions.0 General Information EN.0 General Information. F0-B6 Series Bases Use with the F0 Series Heat and

More information

INSURANCE INTERMEDIARIES (GENERAL BUSINESS) (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS 2012

INSURANCE INTERMEDIARIES (GENERAL BUSINESS) (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS 2012 Insurane Intermediaries (General Business) (Amendment) Regulations 2012 Regulation 1 Statutory Doument No. 0735/2012 Insurane At 2008 INSURANCE INTERMEDIARIES (GENERAL BUSINESS) (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS

More information

Information Security 201

Information Security 201 FAS Information Seurity 201 Desktop Referene Guide Introdution Harvard University is ommitted to proteting information resoures that are ritial to its aademi and researh mission. Harvard is equally ommitted

More information

Medical Assistant-Registered Application Packet

Medical Assistant-Registered Application Packet Medial Assistant-Registered Appliation Paket Contents: 1. 651-001...Contents List/SSN Information/Mailing Information...1 page 2. 651-002...Appliation Instrutions Cheklist...2 pages 3. 651-003...Credentialing

More information

OpenScape 4000 CSTA V7 Connectivity Adapter - CSTA III, Part 2, Version 4.1. Developer s Guide A31003-G9310-I200-1-76D1

OpenScape 4000 CSTA V7 Connectivity Adapter - CSTA III, Part 2, Version 4.1. Developer s Guide A31003-G9310-I200-1-76D1 OpenSape 4000 CSTA V7 Connetivity Adapter - CSTA III, Part 2, Version 4.1 Developer s Guide A31003-G9310-I200-1-76 Our Quality and Environmental Management Systems are implemented aording to the requirements

More information

NEGOTIATED MASTER CONTRACT. between the

NEGOTIATED MASTER CONTRACT. between the NEGOTIATED MASTER CONTRACT between the READING EDUCATION ASSOCIATION an affiliate of the SOUTHWESTERN OHIO EDUCATION ASSOCIATIO~ and the NATIONAL EDUCATION ASSOCIATION and the READING BOARD OF EDUCATION

More information

i e AT 8 of 1938 THE PERSONAL INJURIES (EMERGENCY PROVISIONS) ACT 1939

i e AT 8 of 1938 THE PERSONAL INJURIES (EMERGENCY PROVISIONS) ACT 1939 i e AT 8 of 1938 THE PERSONAL INJURIES (EMERGENCY PROVISIONS) ACT 1939 The Personal Injuries (Emergeny Provisions) At 1939 Index i e THE PERSONAL INJURIES (EMERGENCY PROVISIONS) ACT 1939 Index Setion

More information

Customer Reporting for SaaS Applications. Domain Basics. Managing my Domain

Customer Reporting for SaaS Applications. Domain Basics. Managing my Domain Produtivity Marketpla e Software as a Servie Invoiing Ordering Domains Customer Reporting for SaaS Appliations Domain Basis Managing my Domain Managing Domains Helpful Resoures Managing my Domain If you

More information

SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division

More information

A Holistic Method for Selecting Web Services in Design of Composite Applications

A Holistic Method for Selecting Web Services in Design of Composite Applications A Holisti Method for Seleting Web Servies in Design of Composite Appliations Mārtiņš Bonders, Jānis Grabis Institute of Information Tehnology, Riga Tehnial University, 1 Kalu Street, Riga, LV 1658, Latvia,

More information

(b) no moneys forming a part of any such fund shall be invested in any investments other than such as are expressly authorized herein.

(b) no moneys forming a part of any such fund shall be invested in any investments other than such as are expressly authorized herein. at any time held in the Debt Servie Fund may be invested only in Federal Obligations having stated maturities, or being redeemable at the option of the holder thereof at a stated prie and time, not later

More information

i e AT 6 of 2001 REHABILITATION OF OFFENDERS ACT 2001

i e AT 6 of 2001 REHABILITATION OF OFFENDERS ACT 2001 i e AT 6 of 2001 REHABILITATION OF OFFENDERS ACT 2001 Rehabilitation of Offenders At 2001 Index i e REHABILITATION OF OFFENDERS ACT 2001 Index Setion Page 1 Rehabilitated persons and spent onvitions...

More information

MEDICATION MANAGEMENT ASSESSMENT

MEDICATION MANAGEMENT ASSESSMENT MEDICATION MANAGEMENT ASSESSMENT The Mediation Management Assessment provides evidene-based reommendations/standards for Minnesota hospitals in the development of a omprehensive mediation safety program.

More information

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING I

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING I SOFTWARE ENGINEERING I CS 10 Catalog Desription PREREQUISITE: CS 21. Introdution to the systems development life yle, software development models, analysis and design tehniques and tools, and validation

More information

Entrepreneur s Guide. Starting and Growing a Business in Pennsylvania FEBRUARY 2015. newpa.com

Entrepreneur s Guide. Starting and Growing a Business in Pennsylvania FEBRUARY 2015. newpa.com Entrepreneur s Guide Starting and Growing a Business in Pennsylvania FEBRUARY 2015 newpa.om The Entrepreneur s Guide: Starting and Growing a Business in Pennsylvania was prepared by the Pennsylvania Department

More information

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT ARLINGTON COLLEGE OF NURSING. NURS 6390-004 Introduction to Genetics and Genomics SYLLABUS

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT ARLINGTON COLLEGE OF NURSING. NURS 6390-004 Introduction to Genetics and Genomics SYLLABUS THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT ARLINGTON COLLEGE OF NURSING NURS 6390-004 Introdution to Genetis and Genomis SYLLABUS Summer Interession 2011 Classroom #: TBA and 119 (lab) The University of Texas at Arlington

More information

i e AT 35 of 1986 ALCOHOLIC LIQUOR DUTIES ACT 1986

i e AT 35 of 1986 ALCOHOLIC LIQUOR DUTIES ACT 1986 i e AT 35 of 1986 ALCOHOLIC LIQUOR DUTIES ACT 1986 Aloholi Liquor Duties At 1986 Index i e ALCOHOLIC LIQUOR DUTIES ACT 1986 Index Setion Page PART I PRELIMINARY 9 1 The aloholi liquors dutiable under

More information

' R ATIONAL. :::~i:. :'.:::::: RETENTION ':: Compliance with the way you work PRODUCT BRIEF

' R ATIONAL. :::~i:. :'.:::::: RETENTION ':: Compliance with the way you work PRODUCT BRIEF ' R :::i:. ATIONAL :'.:::::: RETENTION ':: Compliane with the way you work, PRODUCT BRIEF In-plae Management of Unstrutured Data The explosion of unstrutured data ombined with new laws and regulations

More information

Open and Extensible Business Process Simulator

Open and Extensible Business Process Simulator UNIVERSITY OF TARTU FACULTY OF MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE Institute of Computer Siene Karl Blum Open and Extensible Business Proess Simulator Master Thesis (30 EAP) Supervisors: Luiano Garía-Bañuelos,

More information

Masters Thesis- Criticality Alarm System Design Guide with Accompanying Alarm System Development for the Radioisotope Production L

Masters Thesis- Criticality Alarm System Design Guide with Accompanying Alarm System Development for the Radioisotope Production L PNNL-18348 Prepared for the U.S. Department of Energy under Contrat DE-AC05-76RL01830 Masters Thesis- Critiality Alarm System Design Guide with Aompanying Alarm System Development for the Radioisotope

More information

PROJECT MANUAL INCLUDING SPECIFICATIONS FOR OXNARD SCHOOL DISTRICT EDUCATIONAL SERVICE CENTER DATA ROOM ALTERATION. Oxnard, CA

PROJECT MANUAL INCLUDING SPECIFICATIONS FOR OXNARD SCHOOL DISTRICT EDUCATIONAL SERVICE CENTER DATA ROOM ALTERATION. Oxnard, CA PROJECT MANUAL INCLUDING SPECIFICATIONS FOR OXNARD SCHOOL DISTRICT Oxnard, CA Client Project Number: ARCHITECT MVE INSTITUTIONAL, INC. 3 MacArthur Place, Suite 850 Santa Ana, CA 92707 Telephone: 949.809.3380

More information

TS150 Visible (exposed) fixing with screws on a timber sub-frame

TS150 Visible (exposed) fixing with screws on a timber sub-frame TS150 Visile (exposed) fixing with srews on a timer su-frame This system offers a ost effetive solution for installing Trespa Meteon panels in a large variety of panel dimensions. Trespa Meteon panels

More information

i e AT 11 of 2006 INSURANCE COMPANIES (AMALGAMATIONS) ACT 2006

i e AT 11 of 2006 INSURANCE COMPANIES (AMALGAMATIONS) ACT 2006 i e AT 11 of 2006 INSURANCE COMPANIES (AMALGAMATIONS) ACT 2006 Insurane Companies (Amalgamations) At 2006 Index i e INSURANCE COMPANIES (AMALGAMATIONS) ACT 2006 Index Setion Page 1 Orders in respet of

More information

Deadline-based Escalation in Process-Aware Information Systems

Deadline-based Escalation in Process-Aware Information Systems Deadline-based Esalation in Proess-Aware Information Systems Wil M.P. van der Aalst 1,2, Mihael Rosemann 2, Marlon Dumas 2 1 Department of Tehnology Management Eindhoven University of Tehnology, The Netherlands

More information

Electrician'sMathand BasicElectricalFormulas

Electrician'sMathand BasicElectricalFormulas Eletriian'sMathand BasiEletrialFormulas MikeHoltEnterprises,In. 1.888.NEC.CODE www.mikeholt.om Introdution Introdution This PDF is a free resoure from Mike Holt Enterprises, In. It s Unit 1 from the Eletrial

More information

i e AT 3 of 1970 INCOME TAX ACT 1970

i e AT 3 of 1970 INCOME TAX ACT 1970 i e AT 3 of 1970 INCOME TAX ACT 1970 Inome Tax At 1970 Index i e INCOME TAX ACT 1970 Index Setion Page Liability to Inome Tax 11 1 Imposition of inome tax... 11 1A [Repealed]... 13 2 Inome on whih tax

More information

protection p1ann1ng report

protection p1ann1ng report f1re~~ protetion p1ann1ng report BUILDING CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION FROM THE CONCRETE AND MASONRY INDUSTRIES Signifiane of Fire Ratings for Building Constrution NO. 3 OF A SERIES The use of fire-resistive

More information

MEMBER. Application for election MEMBER, NEW GRADUATE. psychology.org.au. April 2015

MEMBER. Application for election MEMBER, NEW GRADUATE. psychology.org.au. April 2015 MEMBER Appliation for eletion MEMBER, NEW GRADUATE April 2015 psyhology.org.au MEMBER Belonging to the Australian Psyhologial Soiety (APS) means you are part of an ative, progressive organisation whih

More information

FCC Form 471 Do not write in this area. Approval by OMB 3060-0806

FCC Form 471 Do not write in this area. Approval by OMB 3060-0806 FCC Form 471 Do not write in this area. Approval by OMB 3060-0806 Shools an Libraries Universal Servie Desription of Servies Orere an Certifiation Form 471 Estimate Average Buren Hours per Response: 4

More information

Customer Reporting for SaaS Applications

Customer Reporting for SaaS Applications Aelerate. Produtivity Marketplae Software as a Servie Invoiing Navigating Produtivity Marketplae Ordering SaaS Appliations Customer Reporting for SaaS Appliations Managing Domains Helpful Resoures Upgrading/Downgrading/Changing

More information

Road Map to a Perinatal Patient Safety Program

Road Map to a Perinatal Patient Safety Program Road Map to a Perinatal Patient Safety Program Perinatal Safety 2012 Minnesota Hospital Assoiation The Perinatal Patient Safety Road Map provides evidene-based reommendations/standards for Minnesota hospitals

More information

Representing Alabama s Public Two-Year College System NUR 204 ROLE TRANSITION FOR THE REGISTERED NURSE. Plan Of Instruction

Representing Alabama s Public Two-Year College System NUR 204 ROLE TRANSITION FOR THE REGISTERED NURSE. Plan Of Instruction Alabama Department of Postseonary Euation Representing Alabama s Publi Two-Year ollege System NUR 204 ROLE TRANSITION FOR THE REGISTERED NURSE Plan Of Instrution Effetive Date: 2006 Version Number: 2006-1

More information

A Comparison of Service Quality between Private and Public Hospitals in Thailand

A Comparison of Service Quality between Private and Public Hospitals in Thailand International Journal of Business and Soial Siene Vol. 4 No. 11; September 2013 A Comparison of Servie Quality between Private and Hospitals in Thailand Khanhitpol Yousapronpaiboon, D.B.A. Assistant Professor

More information

Channel Assignment Strategies for Cellular Phone Systems

Channel Assignment Strategies for Cellular Phone Systems Channel Assignment Strategies for Cellular Phone Systems Wei Liu Yiping Han Hang Yu Zhejiang University Hangzhou, P. R. China Contat: wliu5@ie.uhk.edu.hk 000 Mathematial Contest in Modeling (MCM) Meritorious

More information

i e AT 28 of 1976 EMPLOYERS LIABILITY (COMPULSORY INSURANCE) ACT 1976

i e AT 28 of 1976 EMPLOYERS LIABILITY (COMPULSORY INSURANCE) ACT 1976 i e AT 28 of 1976 EMPLOYERS LIABILITY (COMPULSORY INSURANCE) ACT 1976 Employers' Liability (Compulsory Insurane) At 1976 Index i e EMPLOYERS LIABILITY (COMPULSORY INSURANCE) ACT 1976 Index Setion Page

More information

Certificate of Foreign Intermediary, Foreign Flow-Through Entity, or Certain U.S. Branches for United States Tax Withholding and Reporting

Certificate of Foreign Intermediary, Foreign Flow-Through Entity, or Certain U.S. Branches for United States Tax Withholding and Reporting Form W-8MY (Rev. April 2014) Department of the Treasury nternal Revenue Servie Do not use this form for: A A A Certifiate of Foreign ntermediary, Foreign Flow-Through Entity, or Certain U.S. Branhes for

More information

Henley Business School at Univ of Reading. Pre-Experience Postgraduate Programmes Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD)

Henley Business School at Univ of Reading. Pre-Experience Postgraduate Programmes Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) MS in International Human Resoure Management For students entering in 2012/3 Awarding Institution: Teahing Institution: Relevant QAA subjet Benhmarking group(s): Faulty: Programme length: Date of speifiation:

More information

R. C. EDWARDS MIDDLE SCHOOL

R. C. EDWARDS MIDDLE SCHOOL D A ALL DRAWINGS, SPEIFIATIONS AND OPIES THEREOF FURNISHED Y MMILLAN PAZDAN SMITH ARHITETURE ARE AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF MMILLAN PAZDAN SMITH ARHITETURE. THESE MATERIALS ARE TO E USED ONLY WITH

More information

i e AT 1 of 1892 THE BANKRUPTCY CODE 1892

i e AT 1 of 1892 THE BANKRUPTCY CODE 1892 i e AT 1 of 1892 THE BANKRUPTCY CODE 1892 The Bankrupty Code 1892 Index i e THE BANKRUPTCY CODE 1892 Index Setion Page PREAMBLE 9 Preliminary 10 1 Short title... 10 2 Commenement of At... 10 3 [Repealed]...

More information

i e AT 23 of 1985 ROAD TRAFFIC ACT 1985

i e AT 23 of 1985 ROAD TRAFFIC ACT 1985 i e AT 23 of 1985 ROAD TRAFFIC ACT 1985 Road Traffi At 1985 Index i e ROAD TRAFFIC ACT 1985 Index Setion Page PART I PRINCIPAL ROAD SAFETY PROVISIONS 9 Offenes onneted with driving of motor vehiles 9

More information

WINSTON-SALEM STATE UNIVERSITY

WINSTON-SALEM STATE UNIVERSITY FRESHMEN TRANSFER STUDENTS NON-WSSU SECOND DEGREE STUDENTS NON-DEGREE & SUMMER SCHOOL TEACHER CERTIFICATION/LICENSURE READMISSION UNDERGRADUATE INTERNATIONAL WINSTON-SALEM STATE UNIVERSITY MAIL COMPLETED

More information

protection p1ann1ng report

protection p1ann1ng report ( f1re protetion p1ann1ng report I BUILDING CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION FROM THE CONCRETE AND MASONRY INDUSTRIES NO. 15 OF A SERIES A Comparison of Insurane and Constrution Costs for Low-Rise Multifamily

More information

An Enhanced Critical Path Method for Multiple Resource Constraints

An Enhanced Critical Path Method for Multiple Resource Constraints An Enhaned Critial Path Method for Multiple Resoure Constraints Chang-Pin Lin, Hung-Lin Tai, and Shih-Yan Hu Abstrat Traditional Critial Path Method onsiders only logial dependenies between related ativities

More information

Henley Business School at Univ of Reading. Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD)

Henley Business School at Univ of Reading. Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) MS in International Human Resoure Management (full-time) For students entering in 2015/6 Awarding Institution: Teahing Institution: Relevant QAA subjet Benhmarking group(s): Faulty: Programme length: Date

More information

Board Building Recruiting and Developing Effective Board Members for Not-for-Profit Organizations

Board Building Recruiting and Developing Effective Board Members for Not-for-Profit Organizations Board Development Board Building Reruiting and Developing Effetive Board Members for Not-for-Profit Organizations Board Development Board Building Reruiting and Developing Effetive Board Members for Not-for-Profit

More information

Deliverability on the Interstate Natural Gas Pipeline System

Deliverability on the Interstate Natural Gas Pipeline System DOE/EIA-0618(98) Distribution Category UC-950 Deliverability on the Interstate Natural Gas Pipeline System May 1998 This report was prepared by the, the independent statistial and analytial ageny within

More information

SPECIMEN. Exhibition and Conference Cancellation Insurance. Insurance Policy. Zurich Global Corporate UK

SPECIMEN. Exhibition and Conference Cancellation Insurance. Insurance Policy. Zurich Global Corporate UK Insurane Poliy Exhiition and Conferene Canellation Insurane Zurih Gloal Corporate UK Exhiition and Conferene Canellation Insurane The Insured has applied to the Zurih Insurane Company ( The Company ) for

More information

PET INSURANCE GIVING YOUR PETS AS MUCH AS THEY GIVE YOU.

PET INSURANCE GIVING YOUR PETS AS MUCH AS THEY GIVE YOU. PET INSURANCE GIVING YOUR PETS AS MUCH AS THEY GIVE YOU. THEY RE HEALTHIER, YOU RE HAPPIER. ALL PART OF GENERATION BETTER. Give your best mate the best are possible Think of Medibank Pet Insurane like

More information

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS THE UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE SECTION 16050 PAGE 1

ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS THE UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE SECTION 16050 PAGE 1 KNOXVILLE, TENNESSEE SECTION 16050 PAGE 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: SECTION 16050 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1

More information

Measurement of Powder Flow Properties that relate to Gravity Flow Behaviour through Industrial Processing Lines

Measurement of Powder Flow Properties that relate to Gravity Flow Behaviour through Industrial Processing Lines Measurement of Powder Flow Properties that relate to Gravity Flow ehaviour through Industrial Proessing Lines A typial industrial powder proessing line will inlude several storage vessels (e.g. bins, bunkers,

More information

Condominium Project Questionnaire Full Form

Condominium Project Questionnaire Full Form Conominium Projet Questionnaire Full Form Instrutions Lener: Complete the irst table below an enter the ate on whih the orm shoul be returne to you. Homeowners' Assoiation (HOA) or Management Company:

More information

WORKFLOW CONTROL-FLOW PATTERNS A Revised View

WORKFLOW CONTROL-FLOW PATTERNS A Revised View WORKFLOW CONTROL-FLOW PATTERNS A Revised View Nik Russell 1, Arthur H.M. ter Hofstede 1, 1 BPM Group, Queensland University of Tehnology GPO Box 2434, Brisbane QLD 4001, Australia {n.russell,a.terhofstede}@qut.edu.au

More information

WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY FOUNDATION 1845 FAIRMOUNT, CAMPUS BOX #2 WICHITA, KS 67260-0002

WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY FOUNDATION 1845 FAIRMOUNT, CAMPUS BOX #2 WICHITA, KS 67260-0002 Swindoll, Janzen, Hawk & Loyd, LLC S. Main St., PO Box 7 MPherson, KS 6760-7 WICHITA STATE UNIVERSITY FOUNDATION 8 FAIRMOUNT, CAMPUS BO # WICHITA, KS 6760-000 Forms 990 / 990-EZ Return Summary For alendar

More information

TAMARAC FIRE RESCUE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FIRE ALARM PRE-SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST

TAMARAC FIRE RESCUE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FIRE ALARM PRE-SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST TAMARAC FIRE RESCUE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FIRE ALARM PRE-SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST In order to provide a comprehensive plan review in a timely manner, and to insure the design and installation of fire alarm systems

More information

Software Ecosystems: From Software Product Management to Software Platform Management

Software Ecosystems: From Software Product Management to Software Platform Management Software Eosystems: From Software Produt Management to Software Platform Management Slinger Jansen, Stef Peeters, and Sjaak Brinkkemper Department of Information and Computing Sienes Utreht University,

More information

Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax

Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax Form 990 Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Servie Return of Organization Exempt From Inome Tax OMB No 1545-004 Under setion 501(), 527, or 4947( a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code ( exept lak

More information

SPECIFICATIONS FOR NW CONTROL CENTER, HURRICANE HARDENING - SARASOTA ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION

SPECIFICATIONS FOR NW CONTROL CENTER, HURRICANE HARDENING - SARASOTA ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS FOR NW CONTROL CENTER, ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PREPARED FOR: FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT 700 UNIVERSE BLVD JUNO BEACH, FLORIDA 33408 PREPARED BY: ARCHITECTS ENGINEERS CONSTRUCTORS Board of Architecture

More information

Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders (This is Phase I of the project please note on any Bid that it Applies to Phase I only) May 1, 2015

Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders (This is Phase I of the project please note on any Bid that it Applies to Phase I only) May 1, 2015 Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders (This is Phase I of the project please note on any Bid that it Applies to Phase I only) May 1, 2015 For PROJECT : Renovation and Repair of Atlanta Jewish Academy

More information

prepayment / change of prepayment 1) Seafaring

prepayment / change of prepayment 1) Seafaring APPLICATION FOR PREPAYMENT AND FOR CHANGE IN WITHHOLDING TAX PERCENTAGE 2016 This form is for individual taxpayers, businesses or self-employed, farmers or partners in partnership for appliations for a

More information

A novel active mass damper for vibration control of bridges

A novel active mass damper for vibration control of bridges IABMAS 08, International Conferene on Bridge Maintenane, Safety and Management, 3-7 July 008, Seoul, Korea A novel ative mass damper for vibration ontrol of bridges U. Starossek & J. Sheller Strutural

More information

AUDITING COST OVERRUN CLAIMS *

AUDITING COST OVERRUN CLAIMS * AUDITING COST OVERRUN CLAIMS * David Pérez-Castrillo # University of Copenhagen & Universitat Autònoma de Barelona Niolas Riedinger ENSAE, Paris Abstrat: We onsider a ost-reimbursement or a ost-sharing

More information

SLA-based Resource Allocation for Software as a Service Provider (SaaS) in Cloud Computing Environments

SLA-based Resource Allocation for Software as a Service Provider (SaaS) in Cloud Computing Environments 2 th IEEE/ACM International Symposium on Cluster, Cloud and Grid Computing SLA-based Resoure Alloation for Software as a Servie Provider (SaaS) in Cloud Computing Environments Linlin Wu, Saurabh Kumar

More information

ru ILllYC UT 3 IMC IrrCRCIYLL3 AND SIMLARITIES BETWEEN CALIFORNIA AND h.tlnols

ru ILllYC UT 3 IMC IrrCRCIYLL3 AND SIMLARITIES BETWEEN CALIFORNIA AND h.tlnols ru ILllYC UT 3 IMC IrrCRCIYLL3 AND SIMLARITIES BETWEEN CALIFORNIA AND h.tlnols Foreward This paper outlines some of the signifiant differenes and similarities between the eletri power environments whih

More information

PUBLIC DISCLOSURE COPY - STATE REGISTRATION NO. 020654. Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax

PUBLIC DISCLOSURE COPY - STATE REGISTRATION NO. 020654. Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax Form Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Servie Under setion 501(), 57, or 4947(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code (exept lak lung enefit trust or private foundation) The organization may have

More information

Electronic signatures in German, French and Polish law perspective

Electronic signatures in German, French and Polish law perspective Artile Eletroni signatures in German, Frenh and Polish law perspetive DR CHRISTIANE BIEREKOVEN, PHILIP BAZIN AND TOMASZ KOZLOWSKI This artile presents some signifiant issues on the reognition of eletroni

More information

Florida Blue has got you covered. Choose your plan. Choose your network.

Florida Blue has got you covered. Choose your plan. Choose your network. overed. Choose your plan. Choose your network. When it omes to your health are overage, you an ount on us. attention and extra support are part of every plan. You hoose features that are most important

More information

Technical Data Manual Model Nos. and pricing: see Price List

Technical Data Manual Model Nos. and pricing: see Price List Tehnial Data Manual Model Nos. and priing: see Prie List Vitoell 100-V CVAA and CVA Series Indiret-fired domesti hot water storage tank 42 USG to 119 USG (160 L to 450 L) apaity Indiret-fired domesti hot

More information

Customer Efficiency, Channel Usage and Firm Performance in Retail Banking

Customer Efficiency, Channel Usage and Firm Performance in Retail Banking Customer Effiieny, Channel Usage and Firm Performane in Retail Banking Mei Xue Operations and Strategi Management Department The Wallae E. Carroll Shool of Management Boston College 350 Fulton Hall, 140

More information

NASDAQ Commodity Index Methodology

NASDAQ Commodity Index Methodology NASDAQ Commodity Index Methodology January 2016 1 P a g e 1. Introdution... 5 1.1 Index Types... 5 1.2 Index History... 5 1.3 Index Curreny... 5 1.4 Index Family... 6 1.5 NQCI Index Setors... 6 2. Definitions...

More information

Mortgage Insurance Programme and Home BonusPack (including Banking Plan and Credit Card) Application Form

Mortgage Insurance Programme and Home BonusPack (including Banking Plan and Credit Card) Application Form Mortgage Insurane Programme and Home BonusPak (inluding Banking Plan and Credit Card) Appliation Form Mortgage Loan Aount No. Mortgage Appliation Date (D/M/Y): Appliant(s) (the Appliant ) who is/are the

More information

Chapter 1 Microeconomics of Consumer Theory

Chapter 1 Microeconomics of Consumer Theory Chapter 1 Miroeonomis of Consumer Theory The two broad ategories of deision-makers in an eonomy are onsumers and firms. Eah individual in eah of these groups makes its deisions in order to ahieve some

More information

Parametric model of IP-networks in the form of colored Petri net

Parametric model of IP-networks in the form of colored Petri net Parametri model of IP-networks in the form of olored Petri net Shmeleva T.R. Abstrat A parametri model of IP-networks in the form of olored Petri net was developed; it onsists of a fixed number of Petri

More information